Topics
All
MacOS
(Only)
Windows
(Only)
Linux
(Only, Not)
iOS
(Only, Not)
Components
Crossplatform Mac & Win
Server
Client
Old
Deprecated
Guides
Examples
Videos
New in version:
9.0
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
10.0
10.1
10.2
10.3
Statistic
Functions supported on FileMaker SDK on iOS
The functions listed below should work fine with FileMaker SDK in your iOS app.
| Item | Details |
|---|---|
| AVAsset.AvailableMetadataFormats Returns a list representing available metadata formats. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Duration Returns the duration of a asset in seconds. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Framerate Looks for first video track and reports the nominal frame rate. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.HasProtectedContent Queries whether the asset has protected content. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Image Returns an image for the asset at or near a specified time. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.ImageActualTime Queries actual time for image. | 6.5 |
| AVAsset.IsComposable Queries whether this asset can be used in compositions. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.IsExportable Indicates whether the asset can be exported. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.IsPlayable Checks whether the asset, or its URL, can be played. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.IsReadable Checks whether the asset’s media data can be extracted | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Loaded Queries load status of asset. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Lyrics Queries the lyrics of the asset suitable for the current locale. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Metadata Queries metadata. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.MetadataKeys Queries metadata keys. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.NaturalHeight Queries the natural height of the video. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.NaturalWidth Queries the natural width of the video. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.OpenContainer Opens a movie from a container. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.OpenFile Opens an asset from a file. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.OpenURL Opens a movie from URL. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.PreferredRate Queries the natural rate at which the asset is to be played. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.PreferredVolume Queries the preferred volume at which the audible media of asset is to be played. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Release Releases the object and all memory used for it. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.ReleaseAll Release all asset objects. | 10.2 |
| AVAsset.RequestImageTimePrecision Requests to use high precision for timing of images. | 6.5 |
| AVAsset.TimeCodes Reads time codes from asset. | 5.4 |
| AVAsset.TrackCount Queries the track count. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.TrackInfo Queries track details. | 7.4 |
| AVAsset.URL Queries the URL used to open this asset. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.WaitForLoaded Waits for file to be loaded. | 8.0 |
| AVExport.AllExportPresets Queries list of all supported presets. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.CancelExport Cancels the execution of an export session. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Duration Queries duration of the asset. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Error Queries the error that occurred if the export status is Failed. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.EstimatedOutputFileLength Queries the estimated byte size of exported file. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ExportAsynchronously Starts export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ExportSession Creates a new export session. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ExportSessionMerge Creates a new export session. | 6.2 |
| AVExport.GetOutputFileType Queries the output file type. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetOutputPath Queries the current output path. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetOutputURL Queries the current output URL. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetShouldOptimizeForNetworkUse Queries whether video should be network optimized. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetTimeRange Queries time range to export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.OutputFileExtension Queries preferred file extension for current export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.PresetName Returns the name of the preset used. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Progress Queries current progress. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Release Frees the session. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetOutputFileType Sets the output file type. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetOutputPath Sets the output file path. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetOutputURL Sets the output file URL. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetShouldOptimizeForNetworkUse Whether to optimize video for network use. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetTimeRange Specifies a time range to be exported from the source. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Status Queries status of export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SupportedFileTypes Queries supported file type for this export session. | 6.1 |
| AVPlayer.FindPlayers Finds all players in current window. | 7.3 |
| AVPlayer.GetAsset Queries the current asset. | 7.3 |
| AVPlayer.GetDuration Queries the length of the video in seconds. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedFileName Queries the file name for the finished script to call. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedScriptName Queries the script name to call when transfer finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetMuted Queries mute state. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetProgressEvaluate Queries expression to run on playback. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetProgressInterval Queries progress interval. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetRate Queries playback rate. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 10.2 |
| AVPlayer.GetTime Queries current time in seconds. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetVolume Queries current volume. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.OpenContainer Opens the audio file from a container. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.OpenFile Opens an audio file. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.OpenURL Opens the movie with the given URL. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.Pause Pauses playback. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.Play Plays sound. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.Release Releases the audio player. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.ReleaseAll Releases all movies in memory. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetFinishedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when playback is finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetFinishedScript Sets which script to call when a transfer finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetMuted Sets mute status. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetProgressEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate on progress. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetProgressInterval Sets the progress interval. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetRate Sets the playback rate. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 10.2 |
| AVPlayer.SetTime Sets the current time. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetVolume Sets the volume. | 7.1 |
| AVRecorder.AddPreviewToWindow Adds a preview area to the window. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.AddPreviewWithControl Adds a preview area to the window using placeholder control. | 10.3 |
| AVRecorder.AudioDeviceCount Queries number of audio devices found by the plugin. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.AudioDeviceInfo Queries details about audio device. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.AuthorizationStatusForMediaType Queries authorization status for audio/video recording. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.CaptureStillPhoto Captures a still image. | 6.2 |
| AVRecorder.ClosePreview Closes the preview view. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.CurrentQRCode Queries current QRCode. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.GetAudioDevice Queries name of audio device in use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetAutomaticallyAdjustsVideoMirroring Queries whether automatically mirroring is enabled. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.GetFilePath Queries the current file path. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetVideoDevice Queries name of video device in use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetVideoMirrored Queries whether video should be mirrored. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.HasQRCode Whether we have a QRCode. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.Init Starts a new recording session. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.IsRecording Queries whether we are recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.IsVideoMirroringSupported Queres whether video mirroring is supported. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.Release Releases a recording session. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.RequestAccessForMediaType Requests permissions for media type. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.SetAudioDevice Sets the audio device to use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetAutomaticallyAdjustsVideoMirroring Set whether to allow automatically mirroring. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.SetFilePath Sets the file path for recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetVideoDevice Sets the video device to use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetVideoMirrored Sets mirror state. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.StartPreview Starts the preview. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.StartQRCodeDetection Starts QRCode detection. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.StartRecording Starts recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.StopQRCodeDetection Stops QRCode detection. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.StopRecording Stops recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.VideoDeviceCount Queries number of video devices found by the plugin. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.VideoDeviceInfo Queries details about video device. | 6.1 |
| App.EffectiveUserID Queries effective user ID. | 8.0 |
| App.GetDockBadgeLabel Returns the tile's current badge label. | 2.6 |
| App.GetProcessName Queries the name of the application. | 3.2 |
| App.GetProcessPath Queries the path of the application. | 3.5 |
| App.ProcessID Queries process ID. | 8.0 |
| App.SetDockBadgeLabel Sets the string to be displayed in the tile's badging area. | 2.6 |
| App.UserID Queries user ID. | 8.0 |
| Archive.Compress Compresses files to an archive. | 9.0 |
| Archive.Content Lists content of archive as JSON. | 9.0 |
| Archive.Extract Extracts files in an archive. | 9.0 |
| Archive.FileList Lists file paths in the archive. | 9.0 |
| Archive.LibVersion Queries version of LibArchive. | 9.0 |
| Archive.LibVersionDetails Queries version of LibArchive. | 9.0 |
| Archive.SupportedFormats Returns the list of supported formats. | 9.0 |
| Archive.Verify Verifies files in an archive. | 9.2 |
| Audit.Backup Log record. | 8.5 |
| Audit.Backup2 Log record. | 8.5 |
| Audit.Changed Log record change. | 2.8 |
| Audit.Changed2 Same as Audit.Changed, but here you pass the list of fields to check. | 3.1 |
| Audit.ClearCaches Clears internal caches for audit functions. | 3.1 |
| Audit.Delete Log record deletion. | 2.8 |
| Audit.Delete2 Same as Audit.Delete, but here you pass the list of fields to check. | 3.1 |
| Audit.FieldIDForName Looks up the Audit cache for a field name. | 8.2 |
| Audit.FieldNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for a field ID. | 8.0 |
| Audit.GetEnabled Queries enable status. | 7.1 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreCalculations Queries whether stored calculations are audited. | 4.4 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreRepetitions Queries whether repetition fields should be ignored. | 10.3 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreSummaryFields Queries whether summary fields are audited. | 5.4 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames Queries the state of the underscore ignore setting. | 5.3 |
| Audit.GetIgnoredFieldNames Queries list of ignored field names. | 7.3 |
| Audit.GetLogAccess Queries whether plugin logs access. | 4.1 |
| Audit.GetUUIDField Queries UUID field name. | 7.3 |
| Audit.SetEnabled Turns audit globally on or off. | 7.1 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreCalculations Set whether stored calculations are audited. | 4.4 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreRepetitions Whether to ignore repetitions. | 10.3 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreSummaryFields Set whether summary fields are audited. | 5.4 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames Sets whether to ignore all field names whose name starts with underscore character. | 5.3 |
| Audit.SetIgnoredFieldNames Sets the ignored field names. | 2.8 |
| Audit.SetLogAccess Sets whether access is logged. | 4.1 |
| Audit.SetUUIDField Sets the UUID field name. | 7.3 |
| Audit.TableIDForName Looks up the Audit cache for a table name. | 8.2 |
| Audit.TableNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for a table ID. | 8.0 |
| Barcode.Detect Detects a barcode. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.DrawBarcode Draws a barcode into a PDF page. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.EANChecksum Calculates checksum for EAN barcodes. | 5.0 |
| Barcode.Generate Generates a barcode. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.GenerateJSON Generates a barcode. | 9.4 |
| Barcode.GetInputMode Queries input mode. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.GetOption Queries option by index. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.GetPrimary Queries primary parameter. | 7.1 |
| Barcode.ISBNChecksum Calculates checksum for ISBN barcodes. | 5.0 |
| Barcode.LibVersion Queries version of Zint library. | 9.3 |
| Barcode.SetInputMode Sets input mode. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.SetOption Sets option by index. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.SetOptions Sets options for barcode creation. | 4.3 |
| Barcode.SetPrimary Sets primary parameter. | 7.1 |
| Barcode.UPCChecksum Calculates checksum for UPC barcodes. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.WriteFile Generates a barcode and writes to file. | 4.3 |
| BinaryFile.Append Opens a file to append data. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Close Closes a file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Create Creates a new file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.EOF Queries whether we are at the end of the current file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Length Queries length of current file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Open Opens an existing file for reading. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Position Queries current file position. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadByte Reads a single byte from the file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadContainer Read some data and interpret them as container. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadFloat Reads a float value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadHex Read data and returns as hex text. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadInt Reads an integer value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadPDF Reads data as PDF. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadText Reads text from file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Seek Moves file pointer to new position. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteByte Writes a single byte value to the file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteContainer Writes a container value to the file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteFloat Writes a float value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteHex Writes hex encoded data. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteInt Writes an integer value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteText Writes a text file with the given text. | 7.3 |
| BlueThermProbe.ConnectToDevice Request connection to a device. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.ConnectedDevices Queries list of connected devices. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.Device Queries details for one device. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.DeviceSensor Queries details for one sensor. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.Devices Queries list of devices. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.DisconnectFromDevice Request disconnection from a device. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.Initialize Initializes the BlueThermProbe library. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.IsBluetoothAvailable Current bluetooth availability | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.IsInitialized Checks whether the library is initialized. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.RemoveDevice Removes a device from the list of discovered devices. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.SendCommand Sends command to device. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.SetBatteryLevelScript Sets the script trigger for battery level. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.SetDeviceUpdatedScript Sets the script trigger for device update. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.SetDisconnectedScript Sets the script trigger for device disconnection. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.SetNewDeviceScript Sets the script trigger for new device. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.SetNotificationReceivedScript Sets the script trigger for device notification. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.SetSensorUpdatedSScript Sets the script trigger for sensor update. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.StartDeviceScan Start scan for ThermaQ devices. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.StopDeviceScan Stops all running scans. | 9.4 |
| BlueThermProbe.VersionNumber Queries the version string for this version of the library. | 9.4 |
| Bonjour.Register Register a service. | 8.4 |
| Bonjour.RegisteredName Queries registered name. | 8.4 |
| CFunction.AllocateArray Allocates an array parameter. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.Call Calls a C function. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.FreeArray Free an array parameter. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.GetArray Queries values of an array. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.GetArrayByteSize Queries byte size of allocated array. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.Name Queries name of the function. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.ParameterCount Queries parameter count for function. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.ParameterType Queries parameter type for a parameter. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.Release Releases the function and all memory used for it. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.ReturnType Queries return type. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.SetArray Sets values of an array. | 10.3 |
| CGImageSource.ClearProperties Clears all properties. | 9.4 |
| CGImageSource.Count Queries number of images in this image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithData Creates an image source that reads from a container. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithPath Creates an image source that reads from a location specified by a Path. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithURL Creates an image source that reads from a location specified by a URL. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Export Exports the image as container value. | 9.4 |
| CGImageSource.FileName Queries file name of the image. | 9.4 |
| CGImageSource.HasProperty Query whether the property exists. | 9.4 |
| CGImageSource.ImageAtIndex Returns the image associated with the specified index in an image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Keys Queries the list of keys for all the properties in the image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Properties Queries all properties as JSON. | 8.3 |
| CGImageSource.Property Queries the value of a property. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Release Closes image source and releases memory. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.SetProperty Sets the value for a property. | 9.4 |
| CGImageSource.Status Return the status of an image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.SupportedExportTypes Returns an array of uniform type identifiers (UTIs) that are supported for image destinations. | 9.4 |
| CGImageSource.SupportedTypes Returns an array of uniform type identifiers (UTIs) that are supported for image sources. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.ThumbnailAtIndex Creates a thumbnail image of the image located at a specified location in an image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Type Queries the type of the image source. | 3.4 |
| CLGeocoder.Cancel Cancels a pending geocoding request. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Cancelled Whether the request was cancelled. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Close Closes a request and frees memory. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Distance Returns the distance (in meters) of the two locations. | 6.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Done Queries whether the request is finished. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Error Checks if this request got an error. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.ErrorMessage Queries the error message of the geocoder. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.GeocodeAddressString Submits a forward-geocoding request using the specified string. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.JSON Queries data of geo coder as JSON. | 10.1 |
| CLGeocoder.PlacemarkCount Queries the number of placemarks found. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.PlacemarkValue Queries a value of the placemarks found. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.ReverseGeocodeLocation Submits a reverse-geocoding request for the specified location. | 4.1 |
| CLibrary.Load Loads a C library. | 10.3 |
| CLibrary.LoadFunction Loads a function from a library. | 10.3 |
| CLibrary.Name Queries name of the library. | 10.3 |
| CLibrary.Release Releases the library and all memory used for it. | 10.3 |
| CLibrary.Symbols Queries list of symbols of a library. | 10.3 |
| CNContact.AddEmailAddress Adds an email address to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddInstantMessage Adds an instant message account to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddInstantMessageJSON Adds an instant message account to a contact with JSON. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddPhoneNumber Adds an phone number to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddPostalAddress Adds an postal address to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddPostalAddressJSON Adds an postal address to a contact with JSON. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddRelation Adds an relation to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddSocialProfile Adds an social profile to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddSocialProfileJSON Adds an social profile to a contact with JSON. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddURLAddress Adds an URL address to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.DeleteValue Deletes a value of a contact. | 10.1 |
| CNContact.IsUnifiedWithContact Checks if the contact is unified based on other contact. | 8.5 |
| CNContact.JSON Queries contact as JSON. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.MailingAddress Queries mailing address for contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.Name Queries display name of contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.SetValue Sets the value of a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.Show Shows a contact as sheet. | 10.1 |
| CNContact.UnifiedContacts Queries which contacts an unified contact is based upon. | 8.5 |
| CNContact.Value Queries the value of contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContactPicker.Close Closes the picker. | 10.1 |
| CNContactPicker.Current Queries the current contact. | 10.1 |
| CNContactPicker.SetTrigger Sets the script trigger. | 10.1 |
| CNContactPicker.Show Shows the contact picker to select a contact. | 10.1 |
| CNContactStore.AddContact Adds a new contact to the database. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AddGroup Adds a new group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AddMember Add a new member to a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AuthorizationError Queries error message. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AuthorizationStatus Queries authorization status. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.Contacts Queries all contacts. | 8.5 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsInContainer Queries list of contacts in a container. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsInGroup Queries contacts in the group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsMatchingName Queries matching contacts for a name. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsWithData Creates contacts for vCard data. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContainerForContact Queries container for a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContainerForGroup Queries container for a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.Containers Queries identifiers of all containers. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.Country Returns ISO code for users country. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.DataWithContacts Queries data for contacts. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.DefaultContainerIdentifier The identifier of the default container. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.DeleteContact Delete a contact from the contact store. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.DeleteGroup Deletes a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.GroupHierarchy Queries group hierarchy as JSON. | 8.5 |
| CNContactStore.Groups Queries list of all groups. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.NewContact Creates new empty contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.RemoveMember Remove a member from a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.RenameGroup Renames the group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.RequestAccesss Request access to the user's contacts. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.SetChangeScript Sets the script to trigger on changes by other applications. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.UpdateContact Updates a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContainer.Name The name of the container. | 8.4 |
| CNContainer.Type Queries type of container. | 8.4 |
| CNGroup.Name Queries group name. | 8.4 |
| CURL.AddInputFile Adds input to file data from the container value. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AddInputGIF Adds input to GIF data from the container value. | 3.1 |
| CURL.AddInputJPEG Adds input to JPEG data from the container value. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AddInputPDF Adds input to PDF data from the container value. | 4.0 |
| CURL.AddInputPNG Adds input to PNG data from the container value. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AddInputText Adds input data for this transfer to be the text you provide. | 2.7 |
| CURL.Cancel Cancels a running transfer in background. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Check Checks for curl events. | 5.2 |
| CURL.CloseDebugFile Closes the debug output file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CloseHeaderFile Closes the header output file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CloseInputFile Closes the input file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CloseOutputFile Closes the data output file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CreateDebugOutputFile Creates output file for writing debug messages. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CreateHeaderOutputFile Creates output file for writing header text. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CreateOutputFile Creates output file for downloading data. | 2.6 |
| CURL.ErrorCode Returns the last CURL error code. | 2.5 |
| CURL.ErrorMessage Returns the last CURL error message. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Features Queries features in the CURL library. | 10.1 |
| CURL.FileInfos Queries file listing as JSON. | 8.5 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyContainer Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyContainerContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyFile Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyFileContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyText Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyTextContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyValue Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.5 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyValueContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.5 |
| CURL.FormClear Clears current form data. | 9.0 |
| CURL.FormFinish Finishes constructing a form. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetActiveSocket Receive the active socket used by this curl session. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetAppConnectTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the SSL/SSH connect/handshake to the remote host was completed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetBatchCurrentFileName Queries current file name. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetBatchCurrentFilePath Queries current file path. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetBatchDestinationPath Queries destination path. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetBatchFileNames Queries list of file names downloaded. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetCertInfo Queries information on the certificate chain. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetConditionUnmet Get the number 1 if the condition provided in the previous request didn't match. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetConnectTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the connect to the remote host (or proxy) was completed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetContentLengthDownload Get the content-length of the download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetContentLengthUpload Get the specified size of the upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetContentType Get the content-type of the downloaded object. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetCookieList Get list of all cookies cURL known (expired ones, too). | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetDebugAsText Returns the debug output of the transaction as text. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetDebugLength Queries the current length in bytes of the debug messages buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetDebugWithData Whether to include data in the debug log. | 6.2 |
| CURL.GetDebugWithProgress Queries whether to include progress in debug messages. | 6.3 |
| CURL.GetDebugWithTime Queries whether times are included in debug messages. | 6.2 |
| CURL.GetEffectiveURL Get the last used effective URL. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetFTPEntryPath Get a string holding the path of the entry path. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetFileTime Get the remote time of the retrieved document. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetFinishedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 6.1 |
| CURL.GetFinishedFileName Queries the file name for the finished script to call. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetFinishedScriptName Queries the script name to call when transfer finished. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetFormData Queries form data as it would be sent currently. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetHTTPAuthAvail Get a bitmask indicating the authentication method(s) available. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHTTPConnectCode Get the last received proxy response code to a CONNECT request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHTTPVersion Queries http version. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetHeaderAsJSON Returns headers parsed as JSON. | 10.2 |
| CURL.GetHeaderAsText Returns the headers of the transaction as text. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHeaderLength Queries the current length in bytes of the header buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHeaderSize Get the total size of all the headers received. Measured in number of bytes. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetInputAsText Returns the input of the transaction as text. | 2.8 |
| CURL.GetInputLength Queries the current length in bytes of the input buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetLastSocket Queries last used socket handle. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetLocalIP Get a string holding the local (source) IP address of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetLocalPort Get the local (source) port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionChunkLengthPenaltySize Queries chunk length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionContentLengthPenaltySize Queries content length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxConcurrentStreams Queries max connections per server. | 10.0 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxConnects Queries max connects setting. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxHostConnections Queries max host connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxPipelineLength Queries max pipeline length. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxTotalConnections Queries max total connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionPipelining Queries pipelining mode. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiRunningTransfers Queries running transfers count. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetNameLookupTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the name resolving was completed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetNumConnects Query how many new connections libcurl had to create to achieve the previous transfer (only the successful connects are counted). | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetOSErrNo Get the errno variable from a connect failure. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetOptionConnectTo Queries connect to list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionHTTP200Aliases Queries HTTP 200 aliases list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionHTTPHeader Queries HTTP request headers. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionMailRecipients Queries mail recipients list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionPostQuote Queries post quote list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionPreQuote Queries pre quote list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionProxyHeader Queries proxy header request list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionQuote Queries quote list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionResolve Queries resolve list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionTelnetOptions Queries telnet options list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetPreTransferTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the file transfer is just about to begin. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetPrimaryIP Get the string holding the IP address of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetPrimaryPort Get the destination port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressCurrentDownload Queries current number of bytes downloaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressCurrentUpload Queries current number of bytes uploaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer makes progress. | 6.1 |
| CURL.GetProgressFileName Queries progress script file name. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetProgressPercent Queries progress in percent. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetProgressScriptName Queries script name to be called for progress. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetProgressTotalDownload Queries total number of bytes to download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressTotalUpload Queries total number of bytes to upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProtocol Queries protocol used. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetProxyAuthAvail Get a bitmask indicating the authentication method(s) available for your proxy authentication. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProxySSLVerifyResult Queries result of proxy ssl verification. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPCSEQRecv Query RTSP sequence counter received. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPClientCSEQ Query RTSP Client sequence counter. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPServerCSEQ Query RTSP Server sequence counter. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPSessionID Query RTSP session ID. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRedirectCount Get the total number of redirections that were actually followed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetRedirectTime Get the total time, in seconds, it took for all redirection steps include name lookup, connect, pretransfer and transfer before final transaction was started. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetRedirectURL Get the URL a redirect would take you to if you would enable CURL.SetOptionFollowLocation. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetRequestSize Get the total size of the issued requests. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResponseCode Get the last received HTTP or FTP code. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsContainer Returns the result of the transaction as container value with auto detection of type. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetResultAsData Returns the result of the transaction as data file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsEMailList Parses result of an IMAP list query. | 9.0 |
| CURL.GetResultAsEmail Queries the result of the CURL transfer and parses as email. | 5.3 |
| CURL.GetResultAsGIF Returns the result of the transaction as GIF image. | 3.1 |
| CURL.GetResultAsJPEG Returns the result of the transaction as JPEG image. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsMime Queries the result of the CURL transfer and parses as mime data. | 10.0 |
| CURL.GetResultAsPDF Returns the result of the transaction as PDF. | 4.0 |
| CURL.GetResultAsPNG Returns the result of the transaction as PNG image. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsText Returns the result of the transaction as text. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultLength Queries the current length in bytes of the result buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSSLEngines Get a linked-list of OpenSSL crypto-engines supported. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSSLVerifyResult Get the result of the certification verification that was requested. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetScheme Queries scheme. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetSizeDownload Get the total amount of bytes that were downloaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSizeUpload Get the total amount of bytes that were uploaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSpeedDownload Get the average download speed that curl measured for the complete download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSpeedUpload Get the average upload speed that curl measured for the complete upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetStartTransferTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the first byte is received by libcurl. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetTotalTime Get the total time in seconds for the previous transfer, including name resolving, TCP connect etc. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Host Queries host value from compiling. | 2.5 |
| CURL.IsRunning Checks whether a transfer is still running. | 2.5 |
| CURL.LibIDNVersion Queried LibIDN version. | 8.2 |
| CURL.LibSSHVersion Queries SSH library version. | 8.2 |
| CURL.LibSSLVersion Returns SSL Library version. | 2.5 |
| CURL.List Lists all IDs of current CURL transfers. | 5.4 |
| CURL.LoadLibrary Loads a custom CURL library. | 10.2 |
| CURL.New Start a new CURL easy session. | 2.5 |
| CURL.NumberOfRunningTransfers Queries number of running transfers. | 5.2 |
| CURL.OpenInputFile Opens file for reading data needed for upload, email sending or HTTP Post. | 2.6 |
| CURL.Perform Perform a file transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.PerformAsync Perform a curl transfer asynchronously. | 5.2 |
| CURL.PerformInBackground Perform a file transfer in background. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Protocols Queries list of supported protocols. | 2.5 |
| CURL.ReceiveData Receives raw data on a connection. | 7.2 |
| CURL.ReceiveText Receives raw data on a connection as text. | 7.2 |
| CURL.Release End a CURL session. | 2.5 |
| CURL.ReleaseAll Releases all CURL objects. | 10.2 |
| CURL.Reset Resets the CURL session. | 5.2 |
| CURL.RunningTransfers Queries list of running transfers. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SendData Sends raw data over a connection. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SendText Sends raw data with text over a connection. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SetBatchDestinationPath Sets the destination path for batch downloads. | 7.0 |
| CURL.SetDebugWithData Whether to include data in the debug log. | 6.2 |
| CURL.SetDebugWithProgress Sets whether to include progress in debug messages. | 6.3 |
| CURL.SetDebugWithTime Sets whether times are included in debug log. | 6.2 |
| CURL.SetFinishedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 6.1 |
| CURL.SetFinishedScript Sets which script to call when a transfer finished. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetInputFile Sets input to file data from the container value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetInputGIF Sets input to GIF data from the container value. | 3.1 |
| CURL.SetInputJPEG Sets input to JPEG data from the container value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetInputPDF Sets input to PDF data from the container value. | 4.0 |
| CURL.SetInputPNG Sets input to PNG data from the container value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetInputText Sets input data for this transfer to be the text you provide. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionChunkLengthPenaltySize Sets chunk length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionContentLengthPenaltySize Sets content length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxConcurrentStreams Sets max connections per server. | 10.0 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxConnects Sets max connects setting. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxHostConnections Sets max host connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxPipelineLength Sets max pipeline length. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxTotalConnections Sets max total connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionPipelining Sets pipelining mode. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionAbstractUnixSocket Sets path to an abstract Unix domain socket. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionAcceptEncoding Enables automatic decompression of HTTP downloads. | 7.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionAcceptTimeoutMS Sets time-out for accept. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionAddressScope Sets the IPv6 scope_id. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionAppend Whether to append file instead of overwriting it. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionAutoReferer Set whether to set automatically the referrer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionBufferSize Sets the buffer size. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCAINFO Sets a path to find certificate file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCAPATH Sets the certificate directory. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCRLF Whether to convert newline characters. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCRLFile Sets the CRL file path. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCertInfo Whether to collect certificate information. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectOnly Connect only. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectTimeoutMS Sets the connection timeout in milliseconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectTo Sets the connect to list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectionTimeout Sets the connection timeout in seconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookie Sets the cookie for the current http transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieFile Sets the cookie file location. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieJar Sets the cookie storage file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieList Sets the cookie string. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieSession Set to 1 to mark this as a new cookie "session". | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCustomRequest Sets a custom request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSCacheTimeout Sets the DNS Cache Timeout in seconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSInterface Set the name of the network interface that the DNS resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv4 Set the local IPv4 address that the resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv6 Set the local IPv6 address that the resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSServers Set the name servers to use for DNS resolution. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSShuffleAddresses Whether to shuffle DNS addresses. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDOHURL Provides the DNS-over-HTTPS URL. | 8.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDefaultProtocol Set the protocol used when curl is given a URL without a protocol. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDirListOnly Whether to only query names in file listing. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDisallowUserNameInURL Disallow specifying username/login in URL. | 8.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionEGDSocket Sets a path name to the Entropy Gathering Daemon socket. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionExpect100TimeoutMS Sets Expect 100 timeout. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPAccount Sets the FTP account name. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPAlternativeToUser Whether to use alternative USER command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPCreateMissingDirs Whether to create missing directories. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPFileMethod Which command to use for reaching a file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPPort Sets the ports to use for FTP. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPResponseTimeout Sets the timeout for FTP responses. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLAuth Sets which SSL Authentication to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLCCC If enabled, this option makes libcurl use CCC (Clear Command Channel). | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSkipPasvIP Whether to skip IP address for PASV. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPRT Whether to use EPRT command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPSV Whether to use EPSV command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUsePret Whether to use PRET command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFailOnError Whether to fail on http errors. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFileOnlyMode Disables collecting data for Result functions. | 2.6 |
| CURL.SetOptionFileTime Whether to query file time. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFollowLocation Enables or disables following locations. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionForbidReuse Whether to disallow reusing connections. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFreshConnect Sets whether to not reuse old connections. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionGSSAPIDelegation Allow GSSAPI credential delegation. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionGet Sets the transfer to be a HTTP Get. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHAProxyProtocol Whether to send an HAProxy PROXY protocol header. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTP200Aliases Sets list of aliases to be treated as valid HTTP 200 responses. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPAuth Defines which HTTP authentication methods are used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPContentDecoding Sets how to act on content decoding. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPHeader Sets the http header list. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPProxyTunnel Set to 1 to make the library tunnel all operations through a given HTTP proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPTransferDecoding Sets how to act on transfer decoding. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPVersion Sets which HTTP version is used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHappyEyeballsTimeOutMS Sets the happy eyeballs timeout. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionHeader Whether to include headers in output. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHeaderOptions Pass in a bitmask of "header options". | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionIPResolve Allows an application to select what kind of IP addresses to use when resolving host names. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionIgnoreContentLength Whether to ignore the Content-Length header. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionInFileSize Sets the file input size. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionInterface This sets the interface name to use as outgoing network interface. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionIssuerCert Sets the file path for the CA certificate in PEM format. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionIssuerCertBlob Set issuer SSL certificate from memory blob. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionKRBLevel Sets the kerberos security level for FTP. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionKeepSendingOnError Sets whether to keep sending on error. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionKeyPassword Sets the password for the SSL or SSH private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLocalPort This sets the local port number of the socket used for connection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLocalPortRange This is the number of attempts curl should make to find a working local port number. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLoginOptions Sets login options string to use for the transfer. | 5.4 |
| CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedLimit Sets the minimum required speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedTime Sets how long a transfer is allowed to run with low speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMailAuth Sets the mail auth option. | 2.9 |
| CURL.SetOptionMailFrom Sets the mail sender. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMailRecipients Sets the recipients list. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxAgeConn Sets the maximum connection age. | 9.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxConnects Sets the persistent connection cache size. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxFileSize Sets the maximum file size for download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxRecvSpeed Sets the maximum download speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxRedirs Sets the redirection limit. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxSendSpeed Sets the maximum sending speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNETRCFile Sets the full path to the netrc file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNetRC Sets netrc file preference. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNewDirectoryPerms Sets the new directory permissions. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNewFilePerms Sets the new file permissions. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNoBody Whether to ignore the body of the download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNoProxy Sets which hosts don't use a proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPassword Sets the password for this transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPathAsIs Set to pass path as it is and do not resolve dots. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPinnedPublicKey Set the public key in DER form used to validate the peer public key. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPipeWait Sets Wait/don't wait for pipe/mutex to clarify. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPort Sets the port number for the connection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPost Sets transfer to be a HTTP Post. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostFieldSize Sets the length of post field data. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostFields Sets the post fields. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostQuote Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server after your FTP transfer request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostRedir Sets the redirect policy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPreProxy Name of pre proxy to use. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPreQuote Sets the list of FTP commands to pass to the server after the transfer type is set. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProtocols Limit which protocols are used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxy Set HTTP proxy to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyAuth Sets which authentication methods are used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCAInfo The CApath or CAfile used to validate the proxy certificate. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCAPath Set the CApath directory used to validate the proxy certificate. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCRLFile Sets CRL file for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyHeader Set list of headers used for proxy requests only. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyIssuerCert Sets the proxy issuer SSL certificate filename. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyIssuerCertBlob Set proxy issuer SSL certificate from memory blob. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyKeyPassword Sets password for the SSL private key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPassword The password to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPinnedPublicKey Sets pinned public key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPort The proxy port to connect to unless it is specified in the proxy string with CURL.SetOptionProxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCert Sets name of the file keeping your private SSL-certificate for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCertBlob Sets private key for proxy cert from memory blob. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCertType Sets type of the file keeping your SSL-certificate for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCipherList Specify which SSL ciphers to use for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKey Sets name of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKeyBlob Set private key for proxy cert from memory blob. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKeyType Sets type of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLOptions Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVerifyHost Enable SSL Host verification. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVerifyPeer Set if we should verify the proxy in ssl handshake. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVersion Sets which version of SSL/TLS to attempt to use for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyServiceName Sets Proxy Service Name. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLS13Ciphers Specify which TLS 1.3 ciphers suites to use for proxy. | 8.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthPassword Set a password for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthType Set authentication type for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthUsername Set a username for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTransferMode Whether to pass transfer mode to proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyType Sets the type of the proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyUsername The user name to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionQuote Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server prior to your FTP request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPClientCSEQ Manually initialize the client RTSP CSeq for this handle. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPRequest RTSP request method (OPTIONS, SETUP, PLAY, etc...) | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPServerCSEQ Manually initialize the server RTSP CSeq for this handle. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPSessionID The RTSP session identifier. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPStreamURI The RTSP stream URI. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPTransport The Transport: header to use in RTSP requests. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRandomFile Sets random file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRange Sets the range. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRedirProtocols Limit which protocols are used for redirection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionReferer Sets the referrer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRequestTarget Set the request target, instead of extracted from the URL. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionResolve Sets resolve list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionResumeFrom Sets the resume from offset. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSASLAuthZID Sets the authorisation identity (identity to act as). | 9.4 |
| CURL.SetOptionSASLIR Enable/disable SASL initial response. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHAuthTypes Sets the SSL authentication types. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHCompression Enable/disable SSH compression. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHHostPublicKeyMD5 Sets MD5 hash for public key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHKnownHosts Sets the file path of the known_host file to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHPrivateKeyfile Sets the file path for your private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHPublicKeyfile Sets the file path for the public key file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCert Sets the file path for the certificate. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCertBlob Set SSL client certificate from memory blob. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCertType Sets the format of the certificate. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCipherList Sets the list of ciphers to use for the SSL connection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEnableALPN Enable/disable TLS ALPN extension. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEnableNPN Enable/disable TLS NPN extension (http2 over ssl might fail without) | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEngine Sets which crypto engine is used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEngineDefault Sets the actual crypto engine as the default for (asymmetric) crypto operations. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLFalseStart Set if we should enable TLS false start. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKey Sets the file path for the private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKeyBlob Set private key for client cert from memory blob. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKeyType Sets the format of the private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLOptions Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLSessionIDCache Controls SSL session-ID caching. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyHost Sets whether to verify host. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyPeer Whether to verify the peer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyStatus Set if we should verify the certificate status. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVersion Sets which version of SSL/TLS to attempt to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionServiceName Sets Service Name. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5Auth Sets allowed authentication methods for SOCKS 5 proxies | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5GSSAPINec Sets how to run the protection mode negotiation. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5GSSAPIService Sets the name of the service. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamDepends Sets stream dependency on another CURL session. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamDependsE Sets exclusive stream dependency on another CURL session. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamWeight Set stream weight, 1 - 256. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSuppressConnectHeaders Suppress proxy CONNECT response headers from header data. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPFastOpen Set TCP Fast Open. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepAlive Enable TCP keep-alive probing. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepIdle Set TCP keep-alive idle time wait. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepInterval Set TCP keep-alive interval. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPNoDelay Sets the TCP delay option. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTFTPBlockSize Specify block size to use for TFTP data transmission. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTFTPNoOptions Sets to whether not send any tftp option requests to the server. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLS13Ciphers Specify which TLS 1.3 ciphers suites to use. | 8.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthPassword Sets the TSL authentication password. | 3.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthType Sets the TLS authentication type. | 3.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthUsername Sets the TSL authentication user name. | 3.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTelnetOptions Sets a list of telnet options. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeCondition Sets the time | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeOut Sets the maximum time in seconds that you allow the transfer operation to take. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeValue Sets the time value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeoutMS Sets the transfer timeout in milliseconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTransferEncoding Ask for HTTP Transfer Encoding. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTransferText Whether to use ASCII mode for FTP transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionURL Sets the actual URL to deal with. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUnixSocketPath Set path to Unix domain socket. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionUnrestrictedAuth Controls whether authentication is reused. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUpkeepIntervalMS Connection upkeep interval. | 8.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUpload Sets this transfer to be an upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUploadBufferSize Set preferred upload buffer size. | 8.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUseSSL Sets whether to use SSL for next transfers. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUserAgent The user agent text string. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUsername Sets the user name string for the transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionVerbose Whether to store log messages. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionWildCardMatch Enable wildcard matching. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionXOAuth2Bearer The XOAUTH2 bearer token. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetProgressEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer makes progress. | 6.1 |
| CURL.SetProgressScript Sets the progress script. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetUpdateProgressDialog Sets whether progress dialog should be automatically updated. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetupAWS Setup CURL to transfer to Amazon Webservices. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SetupOAuth Setups an OAuth signed transfer. | 8.3 |
| CURL.Upkeep Perform any connection upkeep checks. | 8.5 |
| CURL.Version Queries curl version string. | 2.5 |
| ClearRegistration Clears registration details stored with StoreRegistration. | 3.0 |
| Clipboard.GetData Queries data from clipboard item. | 4.4 |
| Clipboard.GetFiles Queries file paths on the clipboard. | 5.1 |
| Clipboard.GetHTMLText Queries styled text from clipboard as HTML. | 6.0 |
| Clipboard.GetPicture Queries a picture from clipboard. | 6.3 |
| Clipboard.GetRTFText Queries styled text from clipboard as RTF. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.GetStyledText Queries styled text from clipboard. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.GetText Queries clipboard content as text. | 2.6 |
| Clipboard.GetTypes Queries the list of data types on the clipboard. | 4.0 |
| Clipboard.SetFiles Puts a list of file paths on the clipboard. | 5.1 |
| Clipboard.SetHTMLText Puts HTML data on the clipboard. | 6.0 |
| Clipboard.SetPicture Sets clipboard picture. | 6.3 |
| Clipboard.SetRTFText Puts RTF data on the clipboard. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.SetStyledText Put styled text on the clipboard. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.SetText Sets the text on the clipboard. | 2.6 |
| CompileDate Returns the date the plug-in was compiled. | 1.0 |
| CompileTime The time of day that the plug-in was compiled. | 1.0 |
| Container.Compress Compresses a container value. | 5.3 |
| Container.DecodeFromBase64 Decodes data from base64 text into a container value. | 4.4 |
| Container.DecodeFromHex Decodes data from hex text into a container value. | 6.5 |
| Container.Decompress Decompresses a container value. | 5.3 |
| Container.Deserialize Restores a serialized container value. | 5.2 |
| Container.Export Writes selected data content from a container to a file path. | 1.6 |
| Container.ExtractStream Extracts a single frame and returns as new container value. | 4.3 |
| Container.GetBase64 Returns the base 64 encoded value of the container. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetCount Counts the number of types in a container field. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetDataURL Returns the complete Data url for an image stored in a container field. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetHeight Returns the Height of the image in pixels. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetHex Returns the hex encoded value of the container. | 6.5 |
| Container.GetName Queries the path list from a container. | 3.0 |
| Container.GetResolution Queries the DPI settings stored in a container. | 4.2 |
| Container.GetSize Returns the size of the container. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetText Returns the text value of the container data. | 7.2 |
| Container.GetTotalSize Returns the size of the whole container in bytes. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetType Returns the type at the given index (zero based). | 1.4 |
| Container.GetTypeSize Returns the size of the indicated object type in container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetTypes Returns the list of objects in the container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetWidth Returns the Width of the image in pixels. | 1.3 |
| Container.IsCompressed Queries whether container is compressed. | 7.5 |
| Container.ReadArchive Reads an archived container. | 4.4 |
| Container.ReadFile Reads a file with the given path. | 6.4 |
| Container.Remove Removes a stream from container value. | 3.3 |
| Container.Rename Renames the file path in a container value. | 3.0 |
| Container.RenameStream Renames a stream in a container. | 4.3 |
| Container.Serialize Serialized a container as a text. | 5.2 |
| Container.WriteArchive Writes an archive with container value. | 4.4 |
| Container.WriteFile Writes a file with the given container. | 6.4 |
| CoreImage.Detect Detects core image features. | 7.4 |
| CoreLocation.ClearFailHandler Clears the script called for errors. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.ClearUpdateLocationHandler Clears the script called for new location. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.RegionMonitoringAvailable Whether region monitoring is supported on the current device. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.RegionMonitoringEnabled Whether region monitoring is currently enabled. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.SetFailEvaluate Sets the expression evaluated when CoreLocation wants to report an error. | 6.2 |
| CoreLocation.SetFailHandler Sets the script called when CoreLocation wants to report an error. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.SetUpdateLocationEvaluate Sets the expression evaluated when a new location has been detected. | 6.2 |
| CoreLocation.SetUpdateLocationHandler Sets the script called when a new location has been detected. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.altitude The altitude measured in meters. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.authorizationStatus Returns the app’s authorization status for using location services. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.course Returns the direction in which the device is traveling. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.description Returns the location data in a formatted text string. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.desiredAccuracy The desired accuracy of the location data. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.dismissHeadingCalibrationDisplay Dismisses the heading calibration view from the screen immediately. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.distanceFilter The minimum distance (measured in meters) a device must move laterally before an update event is generated. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.distanceFromLocation Returns the distance (in meters) from the receiver's location to the specified location. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.hasLocation Queries whether we have a location. | 9.4 |
| CoreLocation.headingAvailable Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the location manager is able to generate heading-related events. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.horizontalAccuracy The radius of uncertainty for the location, measured in meters. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.latitude Returns the geographical coordinate information. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.locationServicesEnabled Returns a Boolean value indicating whether location services are enabled on the device. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.longitude Returns the geographical coordinate information. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.purpose An application-provided string that describes the reason for using location services. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.requestAlwaysAuthorization Requests permission to use location services whenever the app is running. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.requestLocation Requests the one-time delivery of the user’s current location. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.requestWhenInUseAuthorization Requests permission to use location services while the app is in the foreground. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.setDesiredAccuracy Sets the desired accuracy of the location data. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.setDistanceFilter Sets the minimum distance (measured in meters) a device must move laterally before an update event is generated. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.setPurpose Sets the application-provided string that describes the reason for using location services. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.significantLocationChangeMonitoringAvailable Returns a Boolean value indicating whether significant location change tracking is available. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.speed The instantaneous speed of the device in meters per second. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.startMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges Starts the generation of updates based on significant location changes. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.startUpdatingHeading Starts the generation of updates that report the user’s current heading. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.startUpdatingLocation Starts the generation of updates that report the user's current location. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.stopMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges Stops the delivery of location events based on significant location changes. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.stopUpdatingHeading Stops the generation of heading updates. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.stopUpdatingLocation Stops the generation of location updates. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.timestamp Returns the time at which this location was determined. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.verticalAccuracy Returns the accuracy of the altitude value in meters. | 2.7 |
| CoreML.Add2DArrayParameter Adds a 2D array parameter. | 10.2 |
| CoreML.AddArrayParameter Adds an array parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddDoubleParameter Adds a double parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddImageParameter Adds an image parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddIntegerParameter Adds an integer parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddTextParameter Adds a text parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddUndefinedParameter Adds an undefined parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Available Whether CoreML is available. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Clear Clears all parameters. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.CompileModel Compiles a model file. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Description Queries the description of the model. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.GetUsesCPUOnly Queries whether to use CPU only. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.OpenModel Opens a compiled model file. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.PredictionFromFeatures Runs model with set parameters. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Release Releases a model. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.ResultImage Queries result image. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.SetUsesCPUOnly Sets whether to use CPU only. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Update Updates a model. | 10.0 |
| DNSLookup.Address Queries the address. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.AddressCount Queries number of addresses. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.Alias Queries the alias. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.AliasCount Queries number of aliases. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.LookupHostByAddress Queries the domain name for an IP. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.LookupHostByName Queries the IP for domain. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.Name Queries the name found. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.Release Releases a DNS Lookup reference. | 6.0 |
| Dictionary.AddSQL Adds values to a dictionary via SQL. | 5.1 |
| Dictionary.AddSQLRecord Adds values from a record to dictionary via SQL. | 7.4 |
| Dictionary.AddSQLRecords Adds values from a record to dictionary via SQL. | 7.4 |
| Dictionary.Clear Clears the dictionary content. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Clone Creates a clone of the dictionary. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.Count Returns number of keys in the dictionary. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Create Creates a new dictionary. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.CreateNamed Creates a new dictionary with desired key. | 8.1 |
| Dictionary.Deserialize Restores a serialized dictionary. | 5.2 |
| Dictionary.HasKey Checks if the given key exists in dictionary. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.KeyAtIndex Returns key with given index. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Keys Returns list with all keys. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.List Returns list of all dictionary IDs. | 5.2 |
| Dictionary.Release Releases dictionary and all memory used. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.RemoveKey Removes value with given key. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Serialize Serialized a dictionary as a text. | 5.2 |
| Dictionary.SetList Fills dictionary with keys and values form a list. | 6.2 |
| Dictionary.SetQuickList Fills dictionary with keys and values form a quick list. | 7.1 |
| Dictionary.SetValueForKey Stores value for given key. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.SetVariables Creates variables with given keys and value from dictionary. | 5.1 |
| Dictionary.ToJSON Returns JSON representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.ToText Returns text representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.ToXML Returns XML representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.ValueForKey Queries value for the key. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.ValueTypeForKey Queries data type of the value for the key. | 5.1 |
| Dictionary.Values Returns list with all values as text. | 5.1 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Clear Clears last scan. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Close Closes the scan dialog. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.ErrorMessage Queries error message. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Initialize Initializes the document camera scan functions. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.IsInitialized Checks whether initialization is done. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.PageCount Queries page count. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.PageImage Queries a page as image. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Scan Show the dialog to scan. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.SetScript Sets the script to trigger when scan is done. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Supported Checks whether scan is supported. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Title Queries the title of the scanned document. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Visible Whether dialog is visible. | 10.0 |
| DocumentPicker.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.Export Shows dialog to export files. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.File Queries native file path for a file. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.FileCount Queries file count. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.Files Queries list of native file paths. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.Import Shows dialog to import files. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.IsVisible Queries whether dialog is visible. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.Move Shows dialog to move files. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.Open Shows dialog to open files. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.SetTrigger Sets trigger for document trigger. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.AddActionToObj Adds an action to a PDF object. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddAnnotToPage Adds an annotation to a page. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddBookmark Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddBookmarkEx Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddButtonImage Add/Set a form field button image. | 10.2 |
| DynaPDF.AddContinueText Prints a single text line and moves the text cursor to the next line. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.AddDeviceNProcessColorants Adds DeviceN process colorants. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddDeviceNSeparations Adds DeviceN separations. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddFontSearchPath Adds a search path to the list of available font search paths. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.AddOutputIntent Represents the destination color space for which a PDF file was created. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddOutputIntentEx Adds an ICC profile to the PDF file like AddOutputIntent but accepts a file as a container. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddValToChoiceField Adds a value to a choice field. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.AllowPageBreak Defines how to handle page breaks. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.AppendImagePage Adds new page to the PDF with given image. | 6.3 |
| DynaPDF.AppendImagePages Adds new pages to the PDF with given image paths. | 6.3 |
| DynaPDF.AppendPage This function appends an empty page to the document. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ApplyShading Applies a shading. | 10.2 |
| DynaPDF.AssociateEmbFile Associates an embedded file with a PDF object. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.AttachFile Attaches a file to the document. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.AttachFileContainer Attaches a data from container to the document. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.AttachFileText Attaches a file to the document. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.BeginContinueText This function prepares the output of multiple text lines with DynaPDF.AddContinueText. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.BeginLayer The function opens a layer in the current open page or template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.BeginPattern This function creates a new tiling pattern. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.BeginTemplate The function creates a template and opens it so that arbitrary contents can be drawn into it. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.Bezier123 Draws a bezier path. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.Bezier13 This function paints a Bézier curve with one control point. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.Bezier23 The third supported Bézier curve type paints also a curve with one control point. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.CMYK Calculates color value for CMYK. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotName Changes or deletes the optional unique name of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotPos Changes the position and size of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeBookmark Changes an existing bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFont This function changes or sets the font to the one of the parameter FontHandle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontSize This function changes the font size of the current font. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle This function changes the style of the current font. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyleEx The function changes the font style of a font like DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle but it accepts also font styles like 2 (bold) or 1 (italic). | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeLinkAnnot Changes the link of a file link or web link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeSeparationColor Changes the color of a separation color space. | 7.2 |
| DynaPDF.CheckConformance Converts a PDF file to a specific PDF standard according to the parameter Type. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.CheckFieldNames Checks all currently defined interactive form fields for invalid duplicate field names. | 8.5 |
| DynaPDF.CircleAnnot Draws a circle annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.Clear Starts a new PDF in memory or at the given path. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ClipPath This function marks the current path as clipping path. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.CloseImportFile Closes the current import PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ClosePath Closes current path. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.ConvertColors Converts colors to gray. | 9.2 |
| DynaPDF.ConvertStyledText Converts styled text to formatted text. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.CreateAxialShading Creates an axial sharing. | 10.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateButton Creates a push button. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateCheckBox This function creates a check box. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.CreateComboBox Creates a combo box. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateDeviceNColorSpace Creates a DeviceN color space. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToAction Creates a go-to action. | 10.0 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToActionEx Creates a go-to action which uses a named destination to open the target page. | 10.0 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToRAction Creates a go-to-remote action. | 10.0 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToRActionEx Creates a go-to-remote action. | 10.0 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGroupField Creates a group field. A group field is a simple array of fields which can be used to separate fields into several groups. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateJSAction Creates a JavaScript action. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateListBox This function creates a list box. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateNamedDest The function creates a named destination that can be accessed from external PDF files. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateRadialShading Creates radial sharing. | 10.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateRadioButton Creates a radio button field. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSeparationCS Creates a Separation color space. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSigField Creates an empty signature field which can be used to digitally sign the PDF file. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSigFieldAP Creates a signature appearance template in the exact size of the base signature field. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateStructureTree Creates a global structure tree that is required to create Tagged PDF files. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateTextField This function creates a text field. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.CreateXFAStream Creates an XFA stream and adds it to the global XFA resource array. | 9.5 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteAcroForm The function deletes a maybe existing Interactive Form. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteActionFromObjEx This function deletes an action from a PDF object. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteAnnotation Deletes an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteBookmark Deletes a bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteEmbeddedFile The function deletes an embedded file. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteField This function deletes an interactive form field. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteFieldEx Deletes a field by name. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteJavaScripts Deletes all global Javascripts. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeletePage Deletes a given page in the current working PDF. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.DeletePageLabels Deletes all page labels contained in the current open document, if any. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteSeparationInfo Deletes the separation of the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteTemplate Deletes a template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteTemplateEx Deletes a template by using an index instead of a template handle. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteXFAForm Deletes a maybe existing XFA form (XML based form) if any. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DrawArc This function draws an arc by using a start and end angle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawArcEx This function draws an elliptical arc. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawChord This function draws an elliptical chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawCircle This function draws a circle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawPie The function draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two angles. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.EditPage This function prepares a page for editing. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.EditTemplate Prepares a template for editing. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.EditTemplate2 Opens a template for editing. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.Ellipse Draws an ellipse. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.EnableEncryption Enables encryption for next save command. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.EndLayer Closes a layer that was opened by DynaPDF.BeginLayer. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.EndPage This function closes an open page that was opened by AppendPage or EditPage. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.EndPattern Closes an open pattern. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.EndTemplate This function closes an open template. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExchangeBookmarks This function exchanges two bookmarks. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExchangePages The function exchanges two pages. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractDocumentText Extracts the text of all pages. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractImages Extracts images of a PDF. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractPageRectText Extracts the text of the page in a rectangle. | 6.2 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractPageText Extracts the text of the page. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractText Extracts the text of the page PageNum. | 8.0 |
| DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnot Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnotEx Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page. | 8.0 |
| DynaPDF.FileLink Creates a file link annotation. | 7.2 |
| DynaPDF.FindBookmark Searches for a bookmark in the document outline tree. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindEmbeddedFile Searches for the embedded file Name and returns the handle of it when it can be found. | 6.3 |
| DynaPDF.FindField This function searches for an interactive form field by using the fully qualified field name. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindLinkAnnot Searches for a file link or web link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindNextBookmark Searches the next bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindPattern Searches for a text. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.FindText Searches a text and returns position details. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.FlattenAnnotOrField Draws an annotation or form field on the current open page. | 10.0 |
| DynaPDF.FlattenAnnots Flatten annotations. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.FlattenForm Flatten forms. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.FlushPages The function writes the pages in memory to the PDF file. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.FontInfo Retrieves the most important properties of a font. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.FreeTextAnnot Creates a Free Text annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GeneratePreview Adds a preview picture to a PDF container. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotCount Returns the number of annotations currently used in the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotFlags Returns the default flags used for newly created annotations. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotLink Returns the URL or file path of a file link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotType Returns the type of a specific annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotation Queries details about an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAscent Returns the ascender of the active font. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetBBox Queries bound box values of current page. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetBookmark Returns the properties of a bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetBookmarkCount Returns the number of bookmarks defined in the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetBorderStyle Returns the global border style which is used for newly created Interactive Form fields. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetCMapCount Returns the number of available CMap files. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetCharacterSpacing Returns the current character spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxChar Returns the character used for newly created check boxes. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxCharEx Returns character index of the font ZapfDingbats that is used to display the on state of the check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxDefState Returns the default state of a check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpace The function returns the active color space. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceCount Returns the number of color space objects which are used in the current document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceInfo Queries details on a colorspace. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetCompressionFilter The function returns the standard compression filter for images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetCompressionLevel Returns the active compression level. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetContent Queries content stream of the currently open page or template. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetDocInfo The function retrieves a document info entry as text from current PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetDocInfoCount Returns the number of document info entries defined in the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetDocUsesTransparency Checks whether this document uses transparency. | 8.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetDrawDirection The function returns the actual draw direction for closed vector graphics such as rectangles, circles, ellipses and so on. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetDynaPDFVersion Returns the version string of DynaPDF library. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFile Retrieves the details of an embedded file. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileAsContainer Returns an embedded file as a container. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileCount Returns the number of embedded files available in the PDF file. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetFTextHeight The function measures the height of a formatted text block. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetFTextHeightEx The function measures the height of a formatted text block. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetField Returns the most important properties of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBackColor The function returns the default background color used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderColor Returns the default border color used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderStyle Returns the border style of a specific form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderWidth Returns the line width of the border of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldChoiceValue Retrieves a choice value of a combo or list box. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldColor Retrieves a specific color of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldCount The function returns the number of fields contained in the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValCount The function returns the number of values/export values which are defined for a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValue Retrieves the export value(s) of a check box, list box, or combo box. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValueEx Enumerates the choice values of a combo box, list box, or radio button. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldFlags Returns the flags of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldGroupType Returns the base type of a field group. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldHighlightMode Returns the highlight mode of buttons, checkboxes, and signature fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldIndex Returns the page index or tab order of the field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldMapName Retrieves the mapping name of a specific form field if set. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldName Retrieves the name of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldOrientation Returns the orientation of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldTextAlign The function returns the text alignment of a text field or button field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldTextColor Returns the default text color used for newly created fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldToolTip Retrieves a pointer to the tool tip string of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldType Returns the field type. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontCount Returns the number of fonts which are used in the document. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontOrigin Returns the current font origin. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontSelMode Returns the current font selection mode. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontWeight Returns the weight that will be used to emulate a bold font style. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetGStateFlags Returns the current graphics state flags. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetImage Retrieves the properties of an image as well as the decompressed image buffer if needed. By default all images are returned decompressed, with exception of image types which are already stored in a valid file format like JPEG and JPEG 2000 images. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetImageCount Queries number of images in PDF. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportDocInfo The function retrieves a document info entry as text from import PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportFlags The function returns the current import flags used to import PDF files. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportFlags2 Queries the import flags. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportOrientation Queries orientation for input page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPDFVersion The function returns the minor PDF version number of an external PDF file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPageBounds Queries page size for an import PDF page. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPageCount Queries number of pages in the current opened import PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetInDocInfoCount Queries number of document info in import file. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetInFieldCount Returns the number of top level fields included in the currently opened import file. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsCollection Whether the currently opened import file is a portable collection. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsEncrypted Whether the currently opened import file is encrypted. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsSigned Whether a PDF file contains a digital signature. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsTrapped Queries value of the Trapped key in the current open import file. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsXFAForm Queries whether the current open import file contains an XFA form. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInMetadata Queries input PDF metadata. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInPrintSettings Retrieves the print settings of the current open import file. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetInRepairMode Queries whether the current open import file was opened in repair or normal mode. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetIsFixedPitch Queries whether the active font is a fixed pitch font or 0 if the font is a variable pitch font. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetIsTaggingEnabled Queries whether tagging is enabled. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetJPEGQuality Queries the JPEG compression quality. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptCount Returns the number of global JavaScripts contained in a document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetLanguage Returns the language identifier of the document as an ISO 3166 language tag or IANA tag, or "" if not set. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastErrorMessage The function returns the last error message as text or empty text if no error occurred. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosX Return the horizontal end position of the last drawn text. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosY Return the vertical end position of the last drawn text. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetLeading The function returns the current leading. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetLineWidth Queries the line width. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetLinkHighlightMode Returns the current highlight mode used for newly created annotations. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetMetadata Queries metadata from PDF. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetOCG Returns properties for layer. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetOCGContUsage Queres properties of a layer. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetOCGCount Returns the number of OCGs or layers which are available in document. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetOCGUsageUserName Returns the layer name. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetOpacity Returns the opacity value used to draw the visible appearance of an annotation (requires Acrobat 5 or higher). | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetOrientation Queries orientation of current page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetOutputIntent Returns an output intent as well as the properties of it. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetOutputIntentCount Returns the number of available output intents. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetPDFVersion The function returns the version of the output PDF file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotCount Returns the number of annotations which are used by a page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotation Queries details about an annotation on current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageBBox Queries page size for a PDF page. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageCoords Queries the current coordinate system. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageCount Queries number of pages in the current PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageFieldCount Returns the number of fields used by a page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageHeight The function returns the height of the currently open page. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLabel Retrieves the properties of a page label. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLabelCount Returns the number of page labels defined in the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLayout The function returns the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageMode The function returns the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageNum Returns the page number of the currently open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageWidth The function returns the width of the currently open page. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPrintSettings Retrieves the currently defined print settings of the document. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfile Queries file path for a ICC replace profile. | 6.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfileData Queries file path for a ICC replace profile. | 7.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfilesCounter Queries counter for ReplaceICCProfile callback. | 6.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetResolution Queries the resolution for images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetSaveNewImageFormat Queries the SaveNewImageFormat properties. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplCount Returns the number of templates used by a page. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplHeight Returns the height of a template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplWidth Returns the width of a template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextDrawMode Queries text draw mode. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextFieldDefaultValue The function returns the default value of a text field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextFieldValue The function returns the value of a text field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextRise Queries the current text rise used to output text. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextScaling Queries the current value of horizontal text scaling. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextWidth Computes the width of a text string. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTransparentColor Returns the transparent color value that is used for newly inserted images. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTrapped Returns the trapped key of the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseExactPwd Queries if exact password is needed to unlock PDF. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseGlobalImpFiles Queries if global import files are used. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseStdFonts Queries whether the 14 standard fonts are enabled. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseSystemFonts Queries whether system fonts are used. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseTransparency The property specifies whether images should get a transparent background. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseVisibleCoords Queries whether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate the position of an object. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUserRights Not yet documented | 9.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetUserUnit The function returns the user unit of the current open page. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetUsesTransparency Checks whether a page or the entire document uses transparency. | 8.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetViewerPreferences Queries viewer preferences. | 9.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetWordSpacing Returns the current word spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetXFAStream Returns an XFA stream. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetXFAStreamCount Returns the number of available XFA streams. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.HaveOpenDocument Whether we have a working document. | 7.1 |
| DynaPDF.HaveOpenPage Checks whether a page is open. | 7.1 |
| DynaPDF.HighlightAnnot Creates a Highlight annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.HighlightPattern Searches a text and adds highlights for it. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.ImportEncryptionSettings Imports the encryption settings from the currently open import file. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.ImportPDFFile Imports all pages from a file. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ImportPDFPage Imports a page from the import PDF and appends it to the current working PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ImportPageAsTemplate Imports a page and creates a template which you can place on new PDF pages. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.InitColorManagement Enables color management for render functions. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.InitColorManagementEx Initializes color management. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.Initialize Initializes the DynaPDF functions in the MBS Plugin. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.InsertBookmark Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.InsertBookmarkEx Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.InsertImage The function inserts an image from a container. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.InsertImageFile The function inserts an image from a file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.IsColorPage Checks whether a page is a color page or if all graphic elements of the page use black & white only. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.IsEmptyPage Checks whether a page is empty. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.IsInitialized Checks if DynaPDF library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.LineAnnot Creates a line annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.LineTo The function draws a path from the current position up to the specified point. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.List Lists all IDs of current DynaPDF contexts. | 8.1 |
| DynaPDF.ListImages Lists images in a PDF. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.LockLayer Adds a layer to the list of locked layers. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.MovePage The function moves a page to another position in the document. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.MoveTo The function moves the current position to the point specified by PosX, PosY. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.New Creates a new DynaPDF instance. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.OpenOutputFile The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.OpenOutputFileEncrypted The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromContainer Opens a PDF for importing from a container. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromFile Opens a PDF for importing from a file. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.Optimize Optimizes PDF. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.PageLink Adds a page link to the current open page. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.PageLinkEx Adds a page link to the current open page. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.PageStatistics Queries the page statistics. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ParseContent Runs the content parser. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.PlaceSigFieldValidateIcon Places the validation icon within a signature field to the wished position. | 10.2 |
| DynaPDF.PlaceTemplate The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.PlaceTemplateEx The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.RGB Calculates color value for RGB. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ReadImageFormat The function retrieves the most important properties of an image file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ReadImageResolution The function retrieves the horizontal and vertical resolution of an image file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.Rectangle This function draws a rectangle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.Release Releases a PDF reference. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.RenameSpotColor Renames a spot color. | 7.2 |
| DynaPDF.RenderPDFFile Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.RenderPDFFileEx Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image. | 8.0 |
| DynaPDF.RenderPage Renders a page in current PDF to an image. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ReplaceImage Replaces an image with another image. | 7.5 |
| DynaPDF.ReplacePattern Replaces a text with a new text. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.ResetEncryptionSettings Resets the encryption settings which were imported from an external PDF file so that the PDF file in memory can be saved unencrypted. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.RestoreGraphicState The function restores a previously saved graphics state. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.RotateCoords The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.RotateTemplate Rotates a template. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.RoundRect The function draws a rectangle with rounded corners. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.RoundRectEx The function draws a rectangle with elliptical corners. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.Save Saves the current PDF to a container value which you can assign to a container field. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFile Saves and signs the current PDF. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SaveGraphicState The function saves the current graphics state. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ScaleCoords The function scales the coordinate system by applying a transformation matrix. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetAlpha Sets alpha for drawings. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderStyle Sets or changes the border style of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderWidth Sets or changes the border width of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotColor Sets or changes the color of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotDate Sets or changes the creation or modification date of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlags Sets the default flags used for new annotations. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlagsEx Sets or changes the flags of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotHighlightMode Sets or changes the highlight mode of a link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotIcon Sets or changes the icon of a text annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotLineEndStyle Sets or changes the line end styles of a Line or PolyLine Annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpacity Changes the opacity of a markup annotation. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpenState Sets the open state of a markup or PopUp annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotString Sets, changes, or deletes a string of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotSubject Sets or changes the optional subject string of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBBox Sets a specific bounding box of the current open PDF page. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBookmarkDest Sets or changes the destination of a bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBookmarkStyle Sets the bookmark style. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBorderStyle Set the global border style which is used for newly created form fields. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetCMapDir The function sets a search path from which external CMap files can be loaded. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetCharacterSpacing Sets the current character spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxChar Sets the character which should be used for newly created check boxes. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxDefState Changes the default state of a check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxState Changes the state of a check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetColorSpace The function activates a device color space in the graphics state. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetCompressionFilter The function sets the compression filter which is used to compress images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetCompressionLevel Sets the current compression level. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetContent Replaces the content stream of the currently open page or template with a new one. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetDocInfo The function sets or changes a document info entry. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetDocInfoEx Sets a document information. | 8.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetDrawDirection The function sets the draw direction of closed vector graphics such as rectangles, ellipses, triangles and so on. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetExtColorSpace Activates an extended color space in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetExtFillColorSpace Activates an extended color space for fillings in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetExtStrokeColorSpace Activates an extended color space for strokes in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBBox Changes the bounding box of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBackColor The function sets the background color used for newly created interactive form fields and annotations. Normal annotations support RGB colors only. Form fields support the color spaces DeviceRGB, DeviceGray, and DeviceCMYK. The color value must be defined in the current color space. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderColor Sets the border color used for newly created interactive form fields and annotations. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderStyle Changes the border style of a specific Interactive Form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderWidth Changes the border width of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldColor Sets a specific color of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldDate Sets or changes the creation or modification date of a field. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValue Changes the choice values of a combo or list box, or to change the state and export value of check box. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValueEx Marks a choice value of a combo or list box as selected or unselected. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFlags The function sets the flags of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFont Sets or changes the font of a form field. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFontEx Sets or replaces the font of a field. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFontSize The function changes the font size of a specific field. A value of 0.0 is used as auto size. The optimal font size is then calculated by DynaPDF. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldHighlightMode Changes the highlight mode of a specific field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldIndex Sets the tab order of interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldMapName Sets or changes the mapping name of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldName Changes the name of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldOrientation The function sets or changes the orientation of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldTextAlign The function set or changes the text alignment of a text or button field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldTextColor The function sets the text color which is used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldToolTip The function set or changes the tool tip or description string of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFillColor The function sets the current fill color as an array of float values. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFloatPrecision The function changes the output precision of text and vector coordinates. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetFont The function loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontEx The function loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. The difference in comparison to DynaPDF.SetFont is the way how the function tries to find the font. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontOrigin Sets the current font origin that is used to position text strings. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontSearchOrder Changes the font search order. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontSelMode Changes the font selection mode. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontWeight Changes the font weight. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetGStateFlags Sets optional flags affecting the graphics state, coordinate handling, as well as color and image conversion rules. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetImportFlags The function sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetImportFlags2 Sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetJPEGQuality The function sets the quality of JPEG compressed images in percent if JPEG compression is used. Lower values cause higher compression rates, however, worse image quality. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetLanguage Specifies the language of the document. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetLeading Sets text leading. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetLineJoinStyle Sets a new line join. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetLineWidth The function sets the line width used to stroke paths. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetLinkHighlightMode Sets the highlight mode that is used by link annotations. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetMetadata The function sets or replaces the XMP metadata stream of a specific object. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetMiterLimit Sets the miter limit. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetNumberFormat Limits textfield to only accept numbers. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetOCGState Changes the visibility state of an OCG or layer. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetOpacity Sets the opacity value which is used to render the appearance of a text annotation. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetOrientation Changes the orientation of the page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetOrientationEx Changes the orientation of the page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetPDFVersion Sets the PDF version. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageBBox Sets or changes the bounding box of a page. | 8.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageCoords Sets the coordinate system origin. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageFormat The function sets a predefined page or paper format. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageHeight Sets page height. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageLayout The function sets the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageMode The function sets the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageWidth Sets page width. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPrintSettings Adds preferred print settings to the PDF file. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfile Sets the replace ICC profile path. | 6.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfileData Sets the replace ICC profile data. | 7.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetResolution Sets the image resolution. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetSaveNewImageFormat Whether to recompress images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetSeparationInfo Sets the separation info of the current open page. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetStrokeColor The function sets the current stroke color as an list of values. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextDrawMode Sets text draw mode. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValue The function sets or changes the value and default value of a text field. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValueEx The function changes or sets the value of a text field. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextRect The function defines the output rectangle that is used to output formatted text by the function DynaPDF.WriteFText. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextRise Sets the text rise. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextScaling Sets scaling for text. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetTransparentColor Sets the transparent color which is used for newly inserted images. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetTrapped Sets the trapped key of the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseExactPwd Whether to require exact passwords. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseGlobalImpFiles Sets whether to use global import file. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseStdFonts The function can be used to disable the 14 standard fonts temporarily. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseSystemFonts The property specifies whether the system fonts should be automatically loaded. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseTransparency The property specifies whether images should be masked with the current transparent color to make this color transparent, see also DynaPDF.SetTransparentColor(). This technique is known as color key masking. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseVisibleCoords Whether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate to position of an object. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUserUnit The function sets the user unit of the current open page. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetViewerPreferences Sets viewer preferences. | 9.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetWordSpacing Sets the word spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetXFAStream Replaces the contents of an XFA stream with new contents. | 9.5 |
| DynaPDF.ShowDifferences Shows differences on two PDF pages by adding highlight annotations. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.SkewCoords The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.SquareAnnot Draws a square annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.StampAnnot Creates a stamp annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.StrokePath The function strokes the current path without closing it. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SysFontInfo Returns the most important properties of a system font. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddColumn Adds a column on the left or right side of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddRow Adds a new row to the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddRows Adds new rows to the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearColumn Deletes the content in the specified column in all rows. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearContent Deletes the specified object types from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearRow The function deletes the content in the specified row. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.Create Creates a new table object. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteCol Deletes a column from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRow Deletes a row from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRows Deletes all rows from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.Draw Draws the table on the specified position. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetFirstRow Queres first row drawn. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeight Calculates the height of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeightRow Calculates the height of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextRow Queres next row to be drawn. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNumCols Queries number of columns in table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNumRows Queries number of rows in table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetPDF Returns the reference to the PDF. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetTableHeight Returns the full height of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetTableWidth Returns the width of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.HaveMore Checks whether all rows where drawn. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.Release Releases the PDF table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetBorderWidth Sets or changes the border width. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetBoxProperty Sets or changes the border width, cell spacing, or cell padding. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellAction Adds an action to a cell. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImage Inserts an image horizontally and vertically aligned as specified. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImageEx Inserts an image from container. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellOrientation Sets the cell orientation. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellPadding Sets or changes the cell padding. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellSpacing Sets or changes the cell spacing. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTable The function inserts a sub table into the specfied cell. A sub table is always a foreground object that has a strong width and height. That means, if the cell is not large enough then it will be expanded. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTemplate Inserts a template into the specified cell. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellText Inserts the specified text into the cell. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColWidth The function changes the width of a column. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColor Sets or changes the specified color as well as the corresponding device color space. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColorFloat Sets or changes the specified color and color space. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFlags The function sets various flags. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFont Sets the font that is used to output text. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSelMode The function sets or changes the font selection mode. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSize Sets or changes the font size. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetGridWidth Sets the grid width. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetPDF Changes the PDF instance that is associated with the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetRGBColor Sets RGB color. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetRowHeight Changes the row height. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetTableWidth Changes the width of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.TextAnnot Creates a text annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.TranslateCoords The function translates the coordinate system to the new origin OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.Triangle The function draws a triangle. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.UnLockLayer Removes a layer from the list of locked layers. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.Uninitialize Uninitializes DynaPDF library. | 10.1 |
| DynaPDF.WatermarkAnnot Creates a Watermark annotation. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.WebLink Inserts a web link onto the current open page. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.WriteDemoText Writes a demo text like the DynaPDF demo watermark. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.WriteFText Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.WriteFTextEx Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.WriteFTextExRotated Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledText Writes styled text on current page. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextEx Writes styled text on current page. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextExRotated Writes styled text on current page. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.WriteText Writes text on current page. | 3.1 |
| ECKey.BuiltInCurves Queries built in curves. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.CanSign Indicates if an ECKey can be used for signing. | 10.2 |
| ECKey.Description Returns an user readable description text for the current key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Duplicate Creates a copy of the key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Generate Generates a new pair of private and public keys. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.PrivateKey Queries the private key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.PublicKey Queries the public key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.ReadPrivateKey Reads a private key from text. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.ReadPublicKey Reads a public key from text. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Release Releases the key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Sign Signs the given data. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Size Queries the size of the key in bytes. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Valid Verifies that a private and/or public key is valid. | 10.2 |
| ECKey.Verify Verifies the digital signature. | 5.4 |
| EIDSDK.Address Queries address field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.BeginTransaction Begins a transaction. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.CardDeliveryMunicipality Queries municipality field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.CardNumber Queries card number field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.CardValidFrom Queries card valid from field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.CardValidTo Queries card valid to field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.ChipNumber Queries chip number field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Close Closes device. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.DateOfBirth Queries date of birth field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.DocTypeInt Queries document type field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Duplicate Queries duplicate field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.EndTransaction Ends a transaction. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.FirstName Queries first name field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Initialize Initializes the SDK. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.LastName Queries last name field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.MemberOfFamily Queries memory of family field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Municipality Queries municipality field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.NatNumber Queries national number field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Nationality Queries nationality field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.NobleCondition Queries noble condition field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Open Opens device. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.PhotoDigest Queries photo digest field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Picture Queries picture. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.PlaceOfBirth Queries place of birth field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.PostalCode Queries postal code field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.SDKReleaseDate Queries SDK release date. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.SDKVersion Queries SDK version. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.SetTrigger Sets the script trigger to notify on events. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Sex Queries sex field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.SpecialOrganisation Queries special organization field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.SpecialStatus Queries special status field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.StartScan Starts scan for devices. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.StopScan Stops scan for devices. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.SupportsPinPad Whether pin pad is supported. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.ThirdName Queries third name field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Version Queries version for card. | 10.0 |
| Email.Verify Verifies if an email is valid. | 3.3 |
| EmailParser.Address Queries an address value. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.AddressCount Queries number of addresses. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.AttachedEmails Queries email IDs for embedded emails. | 9.4 |
| EmailParser.Attachment Queries an attachment property. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.Free Frees the email parser. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HTMLText Queries html text of email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HTMLToPlainText Converts HTML to plain text. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HasHeader Checks if header exists. | 7.4 |
| EmailParser.Hash Returns a SHA512 hash for the email source parsed. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.Header Queries a header entry. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HeaderCount Queries number of header entries. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HeaderValue Queries header value by header name. | 7.4 |
| EmailParser.Inline Queries an inline graphics property. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.InlineCount Queries number of inline images. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.List Lists all email parser reference numbers. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.MessageID Queries the message ID of the email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.Parse Parses an email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.ParseContainer Parses an email stored in container. | 6.3 |
| EmailParser.ParseFile Parses an email from a file. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.PlainText Queries plain text of email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.ProcessImageReferences Processes image references in HTML. | 6.3 |
| EmailParser.ReceiveDate Queries the date and time of the email. | 6.4 |
| EmailParser.SentDate Queries the date and time of the email. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.Source Returns the source of the email as we parsed it. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.SourceWithoutAttachments Returns the source of the email without attachments. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.Subject Queries the subject line of the email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.WriteAttachment Writes an attachment to a file path. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.WriteInline Writes an inline graphics to a file path. | 5.3 |
| Encryption.Cipher Encrypts or decrypts of a value. | 4.1 |
| Encryption.CipherNames Queries list of all ciphers. | 8.5 |
| Encryption.DigestNames Queries list of all digest algorithms. | 8.5 |
| EnvironmentVariables.ClearValue Clears a variable by removing it from the environment. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Count Queries number of environment variables. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Name Queries name of environment variable with given index. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Names Queries list of environment variable names. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.SetValue Sets an environment variable. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Value Queries value of an environment variable. | 5.1 |
| Events.Alarm.Copy Creates a copy of the alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetAbsoluteDate Represents an alarm that fires at a specific date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetEmailAddress Query the email for this alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetProximity Queries proximity. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetRelativeOffset Queries the relative offset from an event start date to fire an alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetSound Queries the sound to play. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetStructuredLocation Queries the location for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetURL Queries the URL to open when the alarm triggers. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetAbsoluteDate Sets an alarm that fires at a specific date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetEmailAddress Sets the email for this alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetProximity Sets the proximity for this alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetRelativeOffset Sets a relative offset from an event start date to fire an alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetSound Sets the sound to play. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetStructuredLocation Sets the location for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetURL Sets the URL to open when the alarm triggers. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.TriggerDateRelativeTo Calculates the next alarm time. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.Type Queries the type of alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.AuthorizationStatusForEntityType Returns the authorization status for the given entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.AllowsContentModifications Represents whether you can this add, remove, or modify items in this calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.CalendarIdentifier A unique identifier for the calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.Duplicate Creates a copy of the calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetColor Returns the calendar color. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetSource Query the source ID for this calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetTitle Gets the title of the calendar | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetType Queries type of calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.Immutable Queries whether calendar is immutable. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.SetColor Sets the calendar color. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.SetSource Sets the source for a new calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.SetTitle Sets the title of the calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.Subscribed Whether this is a subscribed calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.allowedEntityTypes Returns the entity types this calendar can contain. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.supportedEventAvailabilities Returns list of supported event availabilities. | 6.2 |
| Events.CalendarCount Queries number of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.CalendarItemsWithExternalIdentifier Finds matching events for external identifier. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendars Returns calendars that support a given entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.ClearNotification Clears the script trigger for changes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Commit Commits pending changes to the database. | 6.2 |
| Events.CompletedReminders Fetch completed reminders in a set of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.DelegateSources Returns an unordered list of sources for all available delegates. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.BirthdayPersonUniqueID Specifies the address book unique ID of the person this event was created for. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetAllDay Query whether this is an all day event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetAvailability Queries availability. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetEndDate Queries the end date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetStartDate Queries the start date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetStructuredLocation Queries structured location. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.IsDetached Represents whether this event is detached from a recurring series. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.OccurrenceDate The occurrence date of an event if it is part of a recurring series. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.Refresh Refreshes an event object to ensure it's still valid. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetAllDay Sets the all day flag for an event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetAvailability Sets availability. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetEndDate Sets the end date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetStartDate Sets the start date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetStructuredLocation Sets the structured location. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.Status Queries status of event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.compareStartDateWithEvent Comparison function. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.organizer The organizer of this event, or empty. | 6.2 |
| Events.EventStoreIdentifier Returns a unique identifier string representing this calendar store. | 6.2 |
| Events.Events Queries events in a given time range. | 6.2 |
| Events.IncompleteReminders Fetch incompleted reminders in a set of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.Initialize Initializes EventKit and opens event store. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.AddAlarm Adds an alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.AddRecurrenceRule Adds a recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.Alarms Queries list of alarm references. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.Attendees Queries list of attendee reference list. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.CalendarItemExternalIdentifier A server-provided identifier for this calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.CalendarItemIdentifier Returns a unique identifier for a calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.Duplicate Creates a copy of the item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetCalendar Queries the calendar for this item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetLocation Queries the location text. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetNotes Queries the notes text. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetTimeZone Queries timezone. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetTitle Queries title of the item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetURL Queries the URL for this item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasAlarms Whether this event has alarms. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasAttendees Whether this event has attendees. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasNotes Whether this event has notes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasRecurrenceRules Whether this event has recurrence rules. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.RecurrenceRules Queries list of recurrence rules reference list. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.RemoveAlarm Removes an alarm from the item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.RemoveRecurrenceRule Removes a recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetCalendar Sets the calendar for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetLocation Sets the location for this event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetNotes Sets the notes text for the calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetTimeZone Sets time zone for this item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetTitle Sets the item title. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetURL Sets the URL for the calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.creationDate Queries creation date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.lastModifiedDate Queries last modification date. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewAlarm Creates a new alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewAlarmWithAbsoluteDate Creates a new alarm with an absolute trigger time. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewAlarmWithRelativeOffset Creates a new alarm with a relative trigger time. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewCalendar Creates a new calendar that may contain the given entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewEvent Creates a new event. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewReminder Creates a new reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.HasChanges Checks if there are changes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.IsNew Returns 1 if this object has never been saved, else 0. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.Refresh Refreshes values for this object. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.Reset Resets the object. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.Rollback Discards any changes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.GetName Queries name of participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.GetStatus Queries participant status. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.IsCurrentUser Whether this is current user. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Name Name of this participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Person Returns the addressbook person reference that represents this participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Role The role of the attendee. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Status The status of the attendee. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Type The type of the attendee. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.URL URL representing this participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.Copy Creates a copy of the day of week object. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.DayOfTheWeek The day of the week. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.NewWithDayOfWeek Creates a object with a day of the week. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.WeekNumber The week number. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.Copy Creates a copy of a recurrence end. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.EndDate Queries end date. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.NewWithEndDate Creates a recurrence end with a specific end date. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.NewWithOccurrenceCount Creates a recurrence end with a maximum occurrence count. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.OccurrenceCount Queries count. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.CalendarIdentifier Calendar used by this recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Copy Creates a copy of the recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheMonth Queries days of the month. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheWeek Queries days of the week. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheYear Queries days of the year. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Description Returns short description text for debugging. | 7.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.FirstDayOfTheWeek Queries first day of week number. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Frequency Queries frequency. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.GetRecurrenceEnd Queries recurrence end. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Interval Queries interval. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.MonthsOfTheYear Queries months of the year. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.NewWithFrequency Creates a new recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.SetPositions Queries the set positions. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.SetRecurrenceEnd Sets the recurrence end. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.WeeksOfTheYear Queries weeks of the year. | 6.2 |
| Events.RefreshSourcesIfNecessary Cause a sync to potentially occur taking into account the necessity of it. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetCompleted Whether or not the reminder is completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetCompletionDate Queries the date on which this reminder was completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetDueDate Queries due date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetDueTimestamp Queries due date as time stamp. | 9.3 |
| Events.Reminder.GetPriority Queries the priority of the reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetStartDate Queries start date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetStartTimestamp Queries start date as timestamp. | 9.3 |
| Events.Reminder.SetCompleted Whether or not the reminder is completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetCompletionDate Sets the date on which this reminder was completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetDueDate The date by which this reminder should be completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetDueDateComponents The date by which this reminder should be completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetPriority Sets the priority of the reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetStartDate Sets the start date of the task. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetStartDateComponents Sets the start date of the task, as date components. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminders Fetch all reminders in a set of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.RemoveCalendar Removes a calendar from the database. | 6.2 |
| Events.RemoveEvent Removes an event from the calendar store. | 6.2 |
| Events.RemoveReminder Removes a reminder from the event store. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reset Resets the event store. | 6.2 |
| Events.SaveCalendar Saves changes to a calendar, or adds a new calendar to the database. | 6.2 |
| Events.SaveEvent Saves changes to an event permanently. | 6.2 |
| Events.SaveReminder Saves changes to a reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.SelectEvent Selects an event via ID. | 6.2 |
| Events.SetNotification Installs a notification script. | 6.2 |
| Events.SetNotificationEvaluate Installs a notification evaluation. | 6.2 |
| Events.Source.Calendars Queries calendars inside the given source. | 6.2 |
| Events.Source.Title Queries title of the source. | 6.2 |
| Events.Source.Type Queries type of the source. | 6.2 |
| Events.SourceWithType Returns the first source matching the type. | 6.2 |
| Events.Sources Returns an unordered list of source IDs. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.Copy Creates a copy of the structured location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.GetGeoLocation Queries the geo location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.GetRadius Queries radius. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.NewLocationWithTitle Creates a new location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.SetGeoLocation Sets the geo coordinates for this location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.SetRadius Sets the radius. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.Title Queries the title of this location. | 6.2 |
| Events.defaultCalendarForNewEvents Returns the calendar that events should be added to by default. | 6.2 |
| Events.defaultCalendarForNewReminders Returns the calendar that reminders should be added to by default. | 6.2 |
| Events.requestAccessToEntityType Requests access for the entity type. | 6.2 |
| FM.Argument Query an argument passed to FileMaker from command line. | 5.1 |
| FM.ArgumentCount Queries number of arguments. | 5.1 |
| FM.CompareTables Compare two tables. | 9.3 |
| FM.CurrentLayoutID Queries ID of current running FileMaker layout. | 10.2 |
| FM.CurrentLayoutName Queries name of current layout. | 10.2 |
| FM.CurrentScriptID Queries ID of current running FileMaker script. | 5.1 |
| FM.CurrentScriptName Queries name of current script. | 5.1 |
| FM.CurrentThreadID Queries current thread ID. | 5.1 |
| FM.DataType Returns data type of argument. | 6.1 |
| FM.DeleteRecord Deletes an existing record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.DeleteRecords Deletes existing records in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.Evaluate Similar to FileMaker's built in FM Evaluate | 1.3 |
| FM.ExecuteFileSQL Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 3.5 |
| FM.ExecuteFileSQLOnIdle This is similar to FM.ExecuteFileSQL, except that it waits until idle to execute. | 6.5 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL Execute the SQL Statement against the current FileMaker File. | 1.2 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastError Queries the last error code from an SQL call | 1.2 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastErrorMessage Queries the last error message from an SQL call | 3.0 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastSQL Queries last SQL command. | 7.4 |
| FM.GetSQLBatchMode Queries turbo level for sending SQL in chunks. | 6.4 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord2 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.1 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord3 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.1 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecordQuery Insert or updates a lot of records queried from a database. | 8.4 |
| FM.InsertRecord Inserts a new record in a table in one line. | 5.1 |
| FM.InsertRecordCSV Inserts records based on CSV text. | 7.4 |
| FM.InsertRecordQuery Inserts a lot of records queried from a database. | 5.1 |
| FM.InsertRecordQueryIgnoreDuplicates Inserts a lot of records queried from a database. | 6.0 |
| FM.InsertRecordTSV Inserts records based on tab/return separated text. | 5.3 |
| FM.IsMainThread Checks if current thread is main thread. | 5.1 |
| FM.LayoutIDForLayoutName Queries the ID for layout with given name. | 10.2 |
| FM.LayoutNameForLayoutID Queries layout name for a layout ID. | 10.2 |
| FM.LayoutNames Queries list of layout names in current file. | 10.2 |
| FM.Loop Universal function to run a loop with evaluate. | 8.2 |
| FM.MainThreadID Queries main thread ID. | 5.1 |
| FM.NULL Returns a null value. | 5.1 |
| FM.QueryBaseTableNames Queries the base table names of all tables currently open. | 3.1 |
| FM.QueryFieldsForBaseTableName Queries the field names of all fields in the given table. | 3.1 |
| FM.QueryFieldsForTableName Queries the field names of all fields in the given table. | 3.1 |
| FM.QueryTableNames Queries the table names of all tables currently open. | 3.1 |
| FM.RunScript Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 1.2 |
| FM.RunScriptLater Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 1.2 |
| FM.SQL.Avg Calculates average value in a record set. | 9.1 |
| FM.SQL.CSV Queries text of SQL result for CSV export. | 7.0 |
| FM.SQL.Execute Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.Field Queries field value for given position in result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.FieldCount Queries number of fields. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.FieldType Queries field type for given position in result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.InsertRecords Inserts records in FileMaker database from records in memory. | 6.4 |
| FM.SQL.InsertRecordsToSQL Inserts records in SQL database from records in memory. | 6.4 |
| FM.SQL.JSONRecord Returns a row as JSON object. | 8.1 |
| FM.SQL.JSONRecords Returns rows as JSON array. | 8.1 |
| FM.SQL.Max Queries max value in a record set. | 9.1 |
| FM.SQL.Min Queries min value in a record set. | 9.1 |
| FM.SQL.Release Releases memory used for the SQL result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.RowCount Queries number of rows in the result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.Sum Calculates sum value in a record set. | 9.1 |
| FM.SQL.Text Queries text of SQL result. | 7.0 |
| FM.SQL.XMLRecord Returns a row as XML object. | 10.3 |
| FM.SQL.XMLRecords Returns rows as XML. | 10.3 |
| FM.ScriptIDForScriptName Queries the ID for script with given name. | 5.1 |
| FM.ScriptNameForScriptID Queries script name for a script ID. | 5.1 |
| FM.ScriptNames Queries list of script names in current file. | 5.1 |
| FM.SetSQLBatchMode Sets turbo level for sending SQL in chunks. | 6.4 |
| FM.SetThreadName Sets a new name for a thread. | 6.0 |
| FM.TableStatistics Queries statistics on a table. | 8.2 |
| FM.UpdateRecord Update an existing record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecord2 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecord3 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecords Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecords2 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecords3 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.VariableAdd Adds a value to a given variable atomically. | 8.3 |
| FM.VariableAppend Appends text to a variable. | 9.5 |
| FM.VariableClear Destroys a variable that was declared with FM.VariableSet. | 1.2 |
| FM.VariableClearAll Clears all variables. | 5.2 |
| FM.VariableExists Checks if a variable with that name exists. | 4.0 |
| FM.VariableGet Retrieves the value of named variable that was declared using FM.VariableSet. | 1.2 |
| FM.VariableList Returns list of all variables names and values. | 4.0 |
| FM.VariableNames Queries list of all variable names. | 8.0 |
| FM.VariableReset Resets the list of variables. | 4.0 |
| FM.VariableSet Stores a named variable that can be retrieved later using FM.VariableGet. | 1.2 |
| Files.AccessDate Queries the access date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.AppPath Returns the path to the main executable for this FileMaker solution. | 2.7 |
| Files.CanOpenFile Checks if plugin can read file. | 5.4 |
| Files.CopyFile Copies files and folders without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.CopyFiles Copies multiple files in parallel. | 10.0 |
| Files.CreateAlias Creates an alias or link file. | 8.4 |
| Files.CreateBookmark Creates a bookmark from a file path. | 3.1 |
| Files.CreateDirectory Creates a directory. | 2.7 |
| Files.CreateHardLink Creates a new hard link. | 6.3 |
| Files.CreateSymbolicLink Creates a new symbolic link. | 6.3 |
| Files.CreationDate Queries the creation date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.Delete Deletes a file directly without moving it to trash. | 3.3 |
| Files.DeleteFolder Deletes a file or folder directly without moving to trash. | 4.2 |
| Files.DirectoryExists Checks whether a directory exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
| Files.DiskInfo Queries information about a volume. | 5.0 |
| Files.FileDisplayName Queries the display name of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.FileExists Checks whether a file exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
| Files.FileExtension Queries the file extension of the given path. | 5.2 |
| Files.FileInfo Queries some file information. | 4.3 |
| Files.FileName Queries the file name of the given path. | 2.9 |
| Files.FileSize Queries file size. | 2.7 |
| Files.FolderSize Calculate sizes of folder. | 6.2 |
| Files.GetPosixPermissions Queries posix file permissions. | 4.3 |
| Files.ItemExists Checks whether a item exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
| Files.List Queries list of file names in folder. | 2.8 |
| Files.ListRecursive Queries list of paths in folder. | 4.1 |
| Files.ModificationDate Queries the modification date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.MoveFile Moves a file or folder without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.MoveToTrash Deletes an item by moving it to trash without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.ReadFile Reads a file with the given path. | 3.5 |
| Files.ReadJPEG Reads a JPEG file from the file system. | 4.3 |
| Files.ReadPDF Reads a PDF file from the file system. | 4.3 |
| Files.ReadPNG Reads a PNG file from the file system. | 4.3 |
| Files.RenameFile Renames a file or folder without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.ResolveAlias Resolves an alias file. | 8.4 |
| Files.ResolveBookmark Resolves a bookmark. | 3.1 |
| Files.SetCreationDate Sets the file creation date. | 7.2 |
| Files.SetModificationDate Sets the file modification date. | 7.2 |
| Files.SetPosixPermissions Sets posix file permissions. | 4.3 |
| Files.StandardizePath Standardized a path. | 10.3 |
| Files.WriteFile Writes a file with the given data. | 3.5 |
| Folders.Applications Queries path to applications folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.LocalPreferences Queries path to local preferences folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.SharedDocuments Queries path to shared documents folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.System Queries system folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.SystemTemporary Queries temporary folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserDesktop Queries path to user's desktop folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserDocuments Queries path to user's document folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserHome Queries path to user’s home folder. | 7.3 |
| Folders.UserMusic Queries path to user's music folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserPictures Queries path to user’s picture folder. | 7.2 |
| Folders.UserPreferences Queries path to user's preferences folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserTemporary Queries temporary folder. | 6.2 |
| Folders.UserVideo Queries path to user's video folder. | 4.3 |
| Font.CalculateTextFits Queries how many characters would fit in a space. | 8.4 |
| Font.CalculateTextHeight Calculates height of text. | 8.4 |
| Font.CalculateTextWidth Calculates width of text. | 6.5 |
| FontManager.ListFontFamilies Queries a list of font families. | 5.1 |
| GMImage.AdaptiveThreshold Local adaptive threshold image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AddNoise Add noise to image with specified noise type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AddNoiseChannel Add noise to image with specified noise type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AddPathArcAbs Draw a single arc segment. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathArcRel Draw a single arc segment. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathClosePath Close the current subpath by drawing a straight line from the current point to current subpath's most recent starting point (usually, the most recent moveto point). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathCurvetoAbs Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoAbs Draw to a single point. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalAbs Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalRel Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoRel Draw to a single point. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalAbs Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalRel Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathMovetoAbs Simple moveto with absolute coordinate. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathMovetoRel Simple moveto with relative coordinate. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoAbs Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoAbs Adds a smooth curve to path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoAbs Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoRel Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Affine Applies an affine transformation. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Annotate Annotate image (draw text on image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AutoOrient Orient image to be right-side up based on its current orientation attribute. | 9.0 |
| GMImage.AveragePixelValue Calculates the average pixel value. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.BaseColumns Returns the base image width (before transformations). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BaseFilename Returns the Base image filename (before transformations) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BaseRows Returns the base image height (before transformations) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Blur Blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BlurChannel Blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Border Border image (add border to image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BoundingBox Returns smallest bounding box enclosing non-border pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Channel Extract channel from image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Charcoal Charcoal effect image (looks like charcoal sketch). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Chop Chop image (remove vertical or horizontal subregion of image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ClipMask Associate a clip mask with the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ClipPath Select a drawing clip path matching name. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Coders Lists all coders as JSON. | 8.4 |
| GMImage.Colorize Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ColorizeRGB Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity for red, green, and blue quantums. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Columns Returns the Image width. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Compare Compares current image with another image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Composite Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.CompositeXY Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Contrast Contrast image (enhance intensity differences in image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Copy Creates a copy of the picture. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.CopyChannel Copies one channel from one image into channel of other image. | 7.3 |
| GMImage.Crop Crop image (subregion of original image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.CycleColormap Cycle image colormap. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Despeckle Despeckle image (reduce speckle noise). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Directory Returns the directory string. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.DrawArc Draws an arc. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawCircle Draws a circle. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawEllipse Draw an ellipse. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawLine Draws a line. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawPath Draw on image using vector path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.DrawRectangle Draws a rectangle. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawRoundRectangle Draw a rounded rectangle. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.Edge Edge image (hilight edges in image) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Emboss Emboss image (hilight edges with 3D effect). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Enhance Enhance image (minimize noise) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Equalize Equalize image (histogram equalization) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Erase Erase image to current "background color" | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ExifThumbnail Extracts an embedded thumbnail in EXIF data. | 10.1 |
| GMImage.Extent Extends image size. | 9.0 |
| GMImage.FillPattern Sets the pattern to use while filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FindColorInColumn Locates first pixel in the column with given color. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.FindColorInRow Locates first pixel in the row with given color. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.Flip Flip image (reflect each scanline in the vertical direction) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillColor Flood-fill color across pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillColorXY Flood-fill color across pixels starting at target-pixel and stopping at pixels matching specified border color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillOpacity Floodfill pixels matching color (within fuzz factor) of target pixel(x,y) with replacement opacity value using method. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillTexture Flood-fill texture across pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillTextureXY Flood-fill texture across pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Flop Flop image (reflect each scanline in the horizontal direction) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FontMap Queries current font map in use. | 10.1 |
| GMImage.FontTypeMetrics Queries space needed for text. | 7.3 |
| GMImage.Format Long image format description. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Frame Frame image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Free Releases the image from memory. | 8.4 |
| GMImage.FreeAll Destroys all images. | 8.4 |
| GMImage.Gamma Gamma correct image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GaussianBlur Gaussian blur image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GaussianBlurChannel Gaussian blur image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Geometry Preferred size of the image when encoding. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAdjoin Get adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAnimationDelay Queries the animation delay. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAnimationIterations Queries the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAntiAlias Returns whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAttribute Query a named attribute. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAttributeNames Queries names of all attributes. | 9.2 |
| GMImage.GetAttributesJSON Queries all attributes as JSON. | 9.2 |
| GMImage.GetBackgroundColor Queries the Image background color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBackgroundTexture Queries the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBorderColor Queries the Image border color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBoxColor Queries the Text bounding-box base color (default none). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetChannelDepth Obtain modulus channel depth | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetClassType Queries the Image class. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetClipMask Queries clip mask image. | 7.3 |
| GMImage.GetColorFuzz Queries the color fuzz. Colors within this distance are considered equal | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetColorMapSize Queries the Colormap size (number of colormap entries) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetColorSpace Queries the Image Color Space | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetComment Queries the comment. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetCompose Queries the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetCompressType Queries the compression type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDebug Queries whether printing of debug messages from ImageMagick is enabled. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDefineSet Queries a define value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDefineValue Queries a value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDensity Queries the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDepth Queries the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetEXIFOrientation Queries orientation from EXIF. | 6.5 |
| GMImage.GetEndian Queries the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFileName Queries the Image file name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFileSize Returns the number of bytes of the image on disk | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFillColor Queries the Color to use when filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFillRule Queries the rule to use when filling drawn objects | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFilterType Queries the Filter to use when resizing image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFont Queries the Text rendering font. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFontPointsize Queries the Font point size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetGamma Gamma level of the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetGifDisposeMethod Queries the GIF disposal method. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetHeight Returns the image height. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetICCColorProfile Queries the ICC color profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetIPTCProfile Queries the IPTC profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetIPTCProfileValues Queries list with all IPTC values found. | 6.2 |
| GMImage.GetInterlaceType Queries the interlace type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetIsValid Does object contain valid image? | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetJPEGAsBase64 Returns the picture in JPEG format as a base64 encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetJPEGAsHex Returns the picture in JPEG format as a hex encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetLabel Queries the image label. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetLineWidth Queries the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMagick Queries the File type magick identifier (.e.g "GIF") | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMatte Queries the image supports transparency (matte channel) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMatteColor Queries the Transparent color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetModulusDepth Queries the image modulus depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMonochrome Queries the monochrome flag. Transform image to black and white | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetOrientation Queries the image orientation. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetPNGAsBase64 Returns the picture in PNG format as a base64 encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetPNGAsHex Returns the picture in PNG format as a hex encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetPage Queries the Preferred size and location of an image canvas. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetPixelColor Get pixel color at location x & y. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetProfile Retrieve a named profile from the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuality Queries the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeColorSpace Gets the Colorspace to quantize in. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeColors Queries the Maximum number of colors to quantize to. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeDither Queries whether to dither image during quantization (default true). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeTreeDepth Queries the Quantization tree-depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuiet Queries quiet setting. | 9.0 |
| GMImage.GetRenderingIntent Queries the type of rendering intent. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetResolutionUnits Queries which units are used for image resolution. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetScene Gets the image scene number | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetSize Queries the Width and height of a raw image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeAntiAlias Whether stroke anti-aliasing is enabled. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeColor Queries the Color to use when drawing object outlines. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeDashArray Queries the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. | 4.2 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeDashOffset Gets the stroke dash offset. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeLineCap Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeLineJoin Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeMiterLimit Gets the miter limit. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeWidth Gets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetSubImage Queries which image of an image sequence is currently used. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetSubRange Gets the Number of images relative to the base image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetTextEncoding Queries the text encoding. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetTileName Queries the Tile name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetType Image representation type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetVerbose Queries whether to print detailed information about the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetView Queries the FlashPix viewing parameters. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetWidth Returns the Image width. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetXMP Query XMP data. | 6.3 |
| GMImage.GetZPL Queries image as ZPL hex image. | 10.3 |
| GMImage.GetcolorMap Queries an entry in the color map. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Hash Calculates a hash of the image. | 9.4 |
| GMImage.ImageCount Queries number of open images. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.Implode Implode image (special effect). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.InvertChannel Inverts an image. | 8.4 |
| GMImage.IsGray Checks whether all pixels are gray. | 8.3 |
| GMImage.Level Level image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.LevelChannel Level image channel. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.List Lists all IDs of images in memory. | 8.1 |
| GMImage.Magnify Magnify image by integral size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Map Remap image colors with closest color from reference image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MatteFloodfill Floodfill designated area with replacement opacity value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MeanErrorPerPixel The mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MedianFilter Filter image by replacing each pixel component with the median color in a circular neighborhood. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Minify Reduce image by integral size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Modulate Modulate percent hue, saturation, and brightness of an image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MontageGeometry Tile size and offset within an image montage. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MotionBlur Motion blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MultiplyChannel Multiplies all values in a channel. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.Negate Negate colors in image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.New Construct a blank image canvas of specified size and color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromBase64 Loads a picture from base64 encoded data. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromContainer Loads a picture from the given container. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromFile Loads a picture file. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromHex Loads a picture from hex encoded data. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.NewImagesFromContainer Loads a picture from the given container. | 5.1 |
| GMImage.NewImagesFromFile Loads a picture file with several files. | 5.1 |
| GMImage.Normalize Normalize image (increase contrast by normalizing the pixel values to span the full range of color values) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NormalizedMaxError The normalized max error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NormalizedMeanError The normalized mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.OilPaint Oilpaint image (image looks like oil painting) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Opacity Set or attenuate the opacity channel in the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Opaque Change color of opaque pixel to specified pen color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.PopClipPath Pop (terminate) clip path definition started by GMImage.PushClipPath. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.PurgeTemporaryFiles Asks GraphicsMagick to purge all temp files. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.PushClipPath Push (create) clip path definition with new name. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Quantize Quantize image (reduce number of colors). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.QuantumDepth Queries quantum depth of GraphicsMagick. | 8.3 |
| GMImage.Raise Raise image (lighten or darken the edges of an image to give a 3-D raised or lowered effect) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.RandomThreshold Random threshold image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.RandomThresholdChannel Random threshold image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Read Read single image frame into current object. | 8.3 |
| GMImage.ReadFromContainer Read single image frame into current object. | 10.2 |
| GMImage.ReduceNoise Reduce noise in image using a noise peak elimination filter. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Release Releases the image from memory. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ReleaseAll Destroys all images. | 7.0 |
| GMImage.Repage Resets the image page canvas and position. | 9.0 |
| GMImage.ReplaceColor Replaces a color with another color value for the whole image. | 4.3 |
| GMImage.Resize Resize image, specifying geometry, filter, and blur. | 9.0 |
| GMImage.Roll Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Rollxy Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Rotate Rotate image by specified number of degrees. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Rotating Set rotation to use when drawing. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Rows Returns the image height. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Sample Resize image by using pixel sampling algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Scale Resize image by using simple ratio algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Scaling Apply scaling in x and y direction while drawing objects. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Segment Segments the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAdjoin Set adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAnimationDelay Sets the animation delay. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAnimationIterations Sets the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAntiAlias Sets whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAttribute Set a named attribute. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBackgroundColor Sets the Image background color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBackgroundTexture Sets the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBorderColor Sets the Image border color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBoxColor Text bounding-box base color (default none). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetCacheThreshold Sets the Pixel cache threshold in megabytes. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetClassType Sets the Image class. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorFuzz Sets the color fuzz. Colors within this distance are considered equal. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorMapSize Sets the Colormap size (number of colormap entries) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorSpace Sets the Image Color Space. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetComment Sets the image comment. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetCompose Sets the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetCompressType Sets the compression type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDebug Enables printing of debug messages from ImageMagick | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDefineSet Sets a define value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDefineValue Sets a value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDensity Sets the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDepth Sets the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetEXIFOrientation Sets orientation for EXIF. | 6.5 |
| GMImage.SetEndian Sets the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFileName Sets the Image file name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFillColor Sets the Color to use when filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFillRule Sets the rule to use when filling drawn objects | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFilterType Sets the Filter to use when resizing image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFont Sets the Text rendering font. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFontPointsize Sets the font point size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetGifDisposeMethod Sets the GIF disposal method. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetICCColorProfile Sets the ICC color profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetIPTCProfile Sets the IPTC profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetInterlaceType Sets the interlace type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetIsValid Sets whether the object contain a valid image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetLabel Sets the image label. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetLineWidth Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMagick Sets the File type magick identifier (.e.g "GIF") | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMatte Sets whether image supports transparency (matte channel) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMatteColor Sets the Transparent color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetModulusDepth Sets the Image modulus depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMonochrome If set, transform image to black and white. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetOrientation Sets the image orientation. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetPage Sets the Preferred size and location of an image canvas. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetPixelColor set pixel color at location x & y. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetProfile Add or remove a named profile to/from the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuality Sets the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeColorSpace Sets the Colorspace to quantize in. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeColors Sets the Maximum number of colors to quantize to | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeDither Sets whether to dither image during quantization (default true). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeTreeDepth Sets the Quantization tree-depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuiet Sets quiet setting. | 9.0 |
| GMImage.SetRenderingIntent Sets the type of rendering intent | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetResolutionUnits Sets which units are used for image resolution. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetScene Sets the image scene number | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetSize Sets the Width and height of a raw image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeAntiAlias Enables/disables stroke anti-aliasing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeColor Sets the Color to use when drawing object outlines. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeDashArray Specify the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. | 4.2 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeDashOffset Sets the stroke dash offset. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeLineCap Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeLineJoin Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeMiterLimit Sets the miter limit. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeWidth Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetSubImage Selects which image of an image sequence is currently used. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetSubRange Sets the Number of images relative to the base image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetTextEncoding Sets the Annotation text encoding (e.g. "UTF-16") | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetTileName Sets the Tile name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetType Sets the Image representation type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetVerbose Sets whether to print detailed information about the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetView Sets the FlashPix viewing parameters. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetXMP Sets the XMP data. | 6.3 |
| GMImage.SetchannelDepth Set modulus channel depth | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetcolorMap Sets an entry in the color map. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Shade Shade image using distant light source. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Sharpen Sharpen pixels in image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SharpenChannel Sharpen pixels in image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Shave Shave pixels from image edges. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Shear Shear image (create parallelogram by sliding image by X or Y axis). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Signature Image signature. Set force to 1 in order to re-calculate the signature regardless of whether the image data has been modified. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SkewX Apply Skew in X direction. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.SkewY Apply Skew in Y direction. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Solarize Solarize image (similar to effect seen when exposing a photographic film to light during the development process). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Spread Spread pixels randomly within image by specified ammount. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Stegano Add a digital watermark to the image (based on second image) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Stereo Create an image which appears in stereo when viewed with red-blue glasses (Red image on left, blue on right) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Strip Remove all profiles and text attributes from the image. | 3.5 |
| GMImage.StrokePattern Sets the pattern image to use while stroking object outlines. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Swirl Swirl image (image pixels are rotated by degrees). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Texture Channel a texture on image background. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Threshold Threshold image channels (below threshold becomes black, above threshold becomes white). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TotalColors Number of colors in the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Transform Transform image based on image and crop geometries. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformOrigin Origin of coordinate system to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformReset Reset transformation parameters to default. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformRotation Rotation to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformScale Scale to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformSkewX Skew to use in X axis when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformSkewY Skew to use in Y axis when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Translation Apply coordinate translation. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Transparent Add matte image to image, setting pixels matching color to transparent | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Trim Trim edges that are the background color from the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Unsharpmask Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.UnsharpmaskChannel Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Wave Map image pixels to a sine wave: | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteImages Writes several images to disk. | 3.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToBMPContainer Writes the picture in BMP format to a container object which you can store in a container field. | 2.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToContainer Writes images as is into a container. | 9.3 |
| GMImage.WriteToFile Write single image frame to a file. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteToGIFContainer Writes the picture in GIF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToJPEGContainer Writes the picture in JPEG format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteToPDFContainer Writes the picture in PDF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 7.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToPNGContainer Writes the picture in PNG format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteToTiffContainer Writes the picture in TIFF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 4.4 |
| GMImage.XResolution Returns the x resolution of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.YResolution Returns the y resolution of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Zoom Zoom image to specified size. | 2.0 |
| GZipFile.Compress Compresses a file. | 4.2 |
| GZipFile.Decompress Decompresses a file. | 4.2 |
| GameKit.Achievement.Completed Queries completed state. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.GetPercentComplete Queries percent complete. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.GetShowsCompletionBanner Queries whether to show completion banner. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.LastReportedDate Queries last reported time. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.New Initializes a new achievement object for the local player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.Player Queries player identifier for the related player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.SetPercentComplete Sets percent complete. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.SetShowsCompletionBanner Sets whether to show completion banner. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.AchievedDescription Queres description text. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.GroupIdentifier Queries group identifier. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.Hidden Queries hidden flag. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.Image Loads the image property for a completed achievement. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.IncompleteAchievementImage Queries a common image for incomplete achievements. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.MaximumPoints Queries maximum points. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.PlaceholderCompletedAchievementImage Returns a common image for completed achievements. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.Replayable Queries whether achievement is replay-able. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.Title Queries localized title for the achievement. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.UnachievedDescription Queries description text. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AnonymousGuestPlayer Creates a new guest player with the designated identifier. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.Achievement Queries achievement to complete. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.CompletionDate The date the challenge was completed. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.Decline Declines a challenge. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.IssueDate The date the challenge was issued. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.IssuingPlayer Queries issuing player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.Message A text message that describes the challenge. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.ReceivingPlayer Queries receiving player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.Score Returns the score to beat. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.State The current state of the challenge. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.DefaultLeaderboardIdentifier Loads the category identifier for the local player’s default leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.GetLeaderboardIdentifier Queries leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.GetLeaderboardTimeScope Queries time scope. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.GetViewState Queries view state. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.Initialize Initializes Game Center view. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.Present Presents the dialog. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.SetLeaderboardIdentifier Sets leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.SetLeaderboardTimeScope Sets time scope. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.SetScriptTrigger Sets script trigger to call when dialog finishes. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.SetViewState Sets the view state. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.ShowBannerWithTitle Displays a banner to the player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Initialize Initialized GameKit. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.GetPlayerScope Queries the player scope. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.GetRange Queries the numerical score rankings to return from the search. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.GetTimeScope Queries time scope. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.GroupIdentifier Queries the identifier for the group the leaderboard is part of. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.Image Queries the image associated with the default leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.LoadScores Retrieves a set of scores from Game Center. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.Loading Queries whether this leaderboard is loading. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.LocalPlayerScore Queries the score earned by the local player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.MaxRange Queries the size of the leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.New Creates new leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.Scores Returns list of score identifiers. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.SetPlayerScope Sets the player scope. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.SetRange Sets the numerical score rankings to return from the search. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.SetTimeScope Sets time scope. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.Title Queries the localized title for the leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LeaderboardSet.GroupIdentifier Queries identifies the group that the leaderboard set belongs to. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LeaderboardSet.Image Load the image associated with the leaderboard set. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LeaderboardSet.Title Queries localized title for the leaderboard set. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LoadAchievementDescriptions Downloads the achievement descriptions from Game Center. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LoadAchievements Loads achievements. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LoadLeaderboardSets Load all of the leaderboard sets for the current game. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LoadLeaderboards Loads the list of leaderboards from Game Center. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LoadPlayers Loads information from Game Center about a list of players. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LoadReceivedChallenges Loads the list of outstanding challenges. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer Retrieves the shared instance of the local player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.Authenticate Authenticates the local user. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.AuthenticateError Queries authenticate error. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.ClearAuthenticateHandler Clears authenticate handler. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.isAuthenticated Checks whether local player is authenticated. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.isUnderage Queries underage status. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Player.Alias Queries alias name. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Player.DisplayName Queries name to display. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Player.GuestIdentifier Queries identifier for guest player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Player.Photo Loads a photo of this player from Game Center. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.RecentPlayers Returns an array of players the local player recently played with. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.ReportAchievements Reports progress on an array of achievements. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.ReportAchievementsWithEligibleChallenges Reports progress on an array of achievements. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.ReportScores Reports a list of scores to Game Center. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.ReportScoresWithEligibleChallenges Submit a list of scores and all eligible challenges. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.ResetAchievements Resets all achievement progress for the local player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.Date The date and time when the score was earned. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.FormattedValue Returns the player’s score as a localized string. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.GetContext Queries context. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.GetShouldSetDefaultLeaderboard Queries whether this score should update default leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.GetValue Queries score value. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.LeaderboardIdentifier Queries the identifier for the leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.New Creates a new score object. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.Player Queries the player identifier for the player that earned the score. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.Rank Queries position of the score in the results of a leaderboard search. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.SetContext Sets context value. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.SetShouldSetDefaultLeaderboard Set whether this score should update default leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.SetValue Sets score value. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.SelectChallengeablePlayers Finds the subset of players that can earn an achievement. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.SetDefaultLeaderboardIdentifier Sets the default leaderboard for the current game. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.SetPlayerDidChangeScriptTrigger Sets the player change script trigger. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.ShowChallengeComposeDialog Shows challenge compose dialog. | 8.5 |
| Hash.CRC32 Calculates 32bit CRC value. | 8.3 |
| Hash.Digest Calculates a hash of a value. | 4.1 |
| Hash.DigestFile Calculates a hash of a file. | 9.2 |
| Hash.MD5 Calculated MD5 hash of given text. | 2.7 |
| Hash.MD5.HMAC Returns the a MD5 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 4.0 |
| Hash.PBKDF2.HMAC Returns the PBKDF2 hash value of the data, first applying the salt value and using the specified hashAlgorithm. | 3.3 |
| Hash.RandomHexString Creates a random hex string. | 3.3 |
| Hash.RandomString Creates a random string. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA1 Calculated SHA-1 hash of given text. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA1.HMAC Returns the a SHA1 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA256 Calculated SHA-256 hash of given text. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA256.HMAC Returns the a SHA256 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA512 Calculated SHA-512 hash of given text. | 2.7 |
| Hash.SHA512.HMAC Returns the a SHA512 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 4.0 |
| HealthKit.AuthorizationStatusForType Queries authentication status for a type. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.BiologicalSex Queries the user's biological sex. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.BloodType Queries blood type. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.DateOfBirth Queries date of birth for user. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.DateOfBirthComponents Queries date of birth for user in components. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.FitzpatrickSkinType Queries skin type. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.RequestAuthorizationToShareTypes Requests authorization from the user. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.SampleQuery Queries sample data from the database. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.WheelchairUse Queries wheelchair value. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.isHealthDataAvailable Checks whether health data is available. | 8.2 |
| ImagePicker.AvailableCaptureModesForCameraDevice Queries list of available modes. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.AvailableMediaTypesForSourceType Returns an array of the available media types for the specified source type. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.ClearMedia Clears current media. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.ClearOverlay Clears an overlay image. | 8.3 |
| ImagePicker.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetAllowsEditing Gets whether editing is allowed. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetCameraCaptureMode Queries the capture mode. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetCameraDevice Queries camera device. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetCameraFlashMode Queries flash mode. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetEvaluate Queries the evaluation to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetShowsCameraControls Queries camera controls visibility. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetSourceType Gets the source type. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetVideoMaximumDuration Queries maximum duration. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.HasMedia Queries whether media exists. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.IsCameraDeviceAvailable Checks camera availability. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.IsFlashAvailableForCameraDevice Checks flash availability. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.IsSourceTypeAvailable Check for source availability. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaCropRect Queries crop rectangle. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaEditedImage Queries the edited image. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaIsImage Queries whether media type is image. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaIsVideo Queries whether media type is video. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaMetadata Queries image metadata as JSON. | 10.2 |
| ImagePicker.MediaOriginalImage Queries the original image. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaPath Queries path for media. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaReferenceURL Queries reference URL for media. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaType Queries media type. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaTypes Queries media types. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaURL Queries URL for media. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.New Initializes the picker panel. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.Present Presents the picker view. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetAllowsEditing Sets whether editing is allowed. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetCameraCaptureMode Sets the capture mode. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetCameraDevice Sets camera device. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetCameraFlashMode Sets flash mode. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to call when composer is done. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetOverlayImage Installs an overlay image to the picker. | 8.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetScript Sets the script to call when picker is done. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetShowsCameraControls Sets camera controls visibility. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetSourceType Sets the source type. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetVideoMaximumDuration Sets maximum duration. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.StartVideoCapture Starts video capture. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.StopVideoCapture Stops video capture. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.TakePicture Captures a still image using the camera. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.VideoIsCompatibleWithSavedPhotosAlbum Checks video. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.WriteImageToSavedPhotosAlbum Adds a photo to the saved photos album. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.WriteVideoToSavedPhotosAlbum Adds a video to the saved photos album. | 7.3 |
| ImageView.Clear Clears image. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.CreateWithControl Creates a new image view on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.CreateWithSize Creates a new image view inside the window with the given rectangle. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.CreateWithWindow Creates a new image view which covers the whole window. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetHeight Queries current height of image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetLeft Queries current position of the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetTag Queries the tag string for this image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetTop Queries current position of the drop area. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetWidth Queries current width of the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.Release Releases the image view and reclaims memory. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all image views. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions image view to given control. | 9.0 |
| ImageView.SetImage Sets the image to be shown in the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetTag Sets the tag string for this image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetVisible Hides or shows the image view. | 7.4 |
| Is64bit Checks if platform is 64bit or 32bit. | 5.0 |
| IsClient Checks if plugin is running on a client. | 4.3 |
| IsError Checks whether last plugin function returned error. | 3.4 |
| IsIOS Whether we run on iOS. | 6.1 |
| IsIOSDevice Queries whether run on iOS device. | 8.0 |
| IsIOSSimulator Queries whether run on iOS simulator. | 8.0 |
| IsLinux Whether we run on Linux. | 6.1 |
| IsMacOS Whether we run on Mac. | 6.1 |
| IsMobile Whether plugin runs on a mobile target. | 7.2 |
| IsRegistered Queries if plugin is registered with Complete key. | 3.0 |
| IsRuntime Checks if plugin is running on a runtime. | 4.3 |
| IsServer Checks if plugin is running on a server. | 4.3 |
| IsWindows Whether we run on Windows. | 6.1 |
| JS.AddFileMakerEvaluateFunction Adds an Evaluate function. | 10.0 |
| JS.AddFileMakerRunScriptFunction Adds a function to start scripts from JavaScript. | 10.0 |
| JS.AddFileMakerSQLFunction Defines a SQL Evaluate function for JavaScript. | 10.0 |
| JS.AddFunction Adds a global function defined as a text string. | 10.0 |
| JS.CallFunction Calls a global function given the name. | 10.0 |
| JS.Evaluate Evaluates a JavaScript expression. | 10.0 |
| JS.EvaluateToString Evaluates a JavaScript expression. | 10.0 |
| JS.Free Frees the JavaScript engine. | 10.0 |
| JS.GetGlobalProperty Queries global property. | 10.0 |
| JS.GetGlobalPropertyValue Queries global property. | 10.0 |
| JS.New Creates a new JavaScript engine instance. | 10.0 |
| JS.Now Queries current time as double value. | 10.1 |
| JS.ObjectCount Queries global object counter. | 10.1 |
| JS.SetGlobalProperty Sets a global property. | 10.0 |
| JS.SetGlobalPropertyValue Sets a global property. | 10.0 |
| JS.StringCount Queries global string counter. | 10.1 |
| JS.TimeToDateComponents Converts time to date components. | 10.1 |
| JS.TimeToUTCDate Converts time value to timestamp. | 10.1 |
| JS.UTCDateToTime Converts date to time value. | 10.1 |
| JSON.AddArrayToArray Adds an array to an existing array. | 10.2 |
| JSON.AddBooleanToObject Adds a boolean value to an array. | 6.0 |
| JSON.AddFalseToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean false value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddItemToArray Adds an item to an array. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddItemToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddNullToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a null value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddNumberToArray Adds a number to an array. | 4.3 |
| JSON.AddNumberToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddStringToArray Adds a string to an array. | 4.3 |
| JSON.AddStringToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddTrueToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean true value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.Clone Creates a clone of the json. | 6.1 |
| JSON.Colorize Formats a JSON string with color. | 8.2 |
| JSON.Compact Returns compact unformatted JSON for the given JSON text. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateArray Creates new array. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateArrayRef Creates empty array reference. | 6.0 |
| JSON.CreateBool Creates boolean JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateBoolean Creates a boolean node with given value. | 6.0 |
| JSON.CreateDoubleArray Creates a new JSON with a double array with given values. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateFalse Creates a boolean node with false value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateIntegerArray Creates a new JSON with an integer array with given values. | 4.3 |
| JSON.CreateNull Creates a new NULL entry. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateNumber Creates a new JSON encoded number. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateObject Creates a new empty object node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateObjectRef Creates empty object reference. | 6.0 |
| JSON.CreateString Creates a string node with given text. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateStringArray Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateStringArrayWithList Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values. | 4.1 |
| JSON.CreateTrue Creates a boolean node with true value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateValue Creates a new value. | 9.0 |
| JSON.DeleteItemFromArray Deletes an item from an array. | 2.7 |
| JSON.DeleteItemFromObject Deletes item from an object. | 2.7 |
| JSON.EqualContent Checks if two JSON are equal in content. | 10.0 |
| JSON.Equals Checks if two JSON are equal. | 9.0 |
| JSON.FindValueInArray Queries index of value in array. | 9.0 |
| JSON.FindValueInObjectArray Queries index of value in object array. | 9.0 |
| JSON.Format Returns pretty printed JSON for the given JSON text. | 4.4 |
| JSON.GetArrayItem Queries entry from array with given index. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetArrayItemsAsList Queries a list of all array entries. | 4.2 |
| JSON.GetArrayPathItems Queries value from JSON path in array of objects. | 7.1 |
| JSON.GetArraySize Queries the number of array entries. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetDoubleValue Queries a floating point value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetIntegerValue Queries integer value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetObjectItem Queries named item from an object. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetObjectItemTree Queries named item from an object tree. | 3.2 |
| JSON.GetObjectItemTreeRef Queries named item from an object tree. | 6.0 |
| JSON.GetObjectName Queries name of item in an object. | 4.0 |
| JSON.GetObjectNameList Queries names of items in an object. | 4.0 |
| JSON.GetObjectSize Queries the number of object items. | 4.0 |
| JSON.GetPathItem Queries value from JSON path. | 6.1 |
| JSON.GetStringValue Queries string value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetType Queries type of json object. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetValue Queries the value of the json. | 6.1 |
| JSON.Import Imports JSON and creates tables, fields and records. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Cancel Cancels current import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.ErrorCount Queries error counter. | 9.3 |
| JSON.Import.Errors Queries list of error messages. | 9.3 |
| JSON.Import.Status Queries status of xml import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Todo Queries how many items are to be done for XML import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Total Queries total items to be imported. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Work Performs import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.IsValid Checks if JSON text is valid. | 6.3 |
| JSON.Parse Parses JSON text and return reference number. | 6.0 |
| JSON.Release Frees a json reference number. | 6.0 |
| JSON.ReleaseAll Releases all JSON objects. | 6.0 |
| JSON.ReplaceItemInArray Replaces an item in an array with new item. | 4.3 |
| JSON.ReplaceItemInObject Replaces an item in an object with new item. | 4.3 |
| JSON.SetPathItem Sets a value in a JSON hierarchy. | 6.1 |
| JSON.Sort Sorts the JSON array/object. | 9.3 |
| JSON.SortWithEvaluate Sorts the JSON array/object using an expression to evaluate. | 10.2 |
| JSON.ToHTML Converts JSON to HTML. | 8.2 |
| JSON.ToXML Converts JSON to XML. | 10.3 |
| JavaScript.CheckScriptSyntax Checks script syntax. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.EvaluateScript Evaluate a string of JavaScript code. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.GetProperty Queries property value as text. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.HasProperty Checks if a property is defined. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.New Creates a new javascript context. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterEvaluateFunction Registers evaluate function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterFunction Registers a javascript function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterRunScriptFunction Registers a run script function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterSQLQueryFunction Registers a SQLQuery function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.Release Releases a javascript context. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.SetProperty Sets property value. | 5.4 |
| Keychain.AddPassword Adds a password to keychain. | 8.4 |
| Keychain.DeletePassword Delete password from keychain. | 8.4 |
| Keychain.ListAccounts Lists the accounts for a database. | 8.4 |
| Keychain.ListDatabases Lists databases in keychain. | 8.4 |
| Keychain.UpdatePassword Updates password in keychain. | 8.4 |
| LCMS.ProfileInfo Queries profile information for an ICC Profile. | 4.0 |
| List.AddPostfix Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.AddPrefix Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.AddValue Adds a value to the list. | 7.1 |
| List.And Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 4.4 |
| List.AndColumn Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 10.0 |
| List.BestMatch Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts. | 5.0 |
| List.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | 7.4 |
| List.CountValues Counts values in list. | 8.1 |
| List.CountValuesMatching Count matching entries in list. | 10.2 |
| List.CrossProduct Creates the cross product from two lists. | 6.1 |
| List.DeCombine Picks elements from each line in a list. | 6.3 |
| List.Deserialize Restores a serialized list. | 5.2 |
| List.FindEquals Finds equal items in both lists. | 4.2 |
| List.FindUnequals Finds unequal items in both lists. | 4.2 |
| List.GetValue Queries a value in the list. | 7.1 |
| List.HasDuplicateItems Checks if list has duplicates. | 7.5 |
| List.HasValue Checks whether a list contains a given value. | 6.4 |
| List.IndexOfFirstValueMatching Finds index of first value matching value. | 10.2 |
| List.InsertValue Inserts a value to a list. | 7.1 |
| List.MatchesPostfix Finds list entries which have a given postfix text. | 5.4 |
| List.MatchesPrefix Finds list entries which have a given prefix text. | 5.4 |
| List.Not Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 4.4 |
| List.NotColumn Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 10.0 |
| List.Or Returns values of both lists. | 4.4 |
| List.OrColumn Returns values of both lists. | 10.0 |
| List.RegExMatch Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
| List.Remove Removes the value with the given index in the list. | 7.1 |
| List.RemoveDuplicateItems Removes duplicate items in the list. | 4.2 |
| List.RemoveEmptyItems Removes empty items in the list. | 4.2 |
| List.RemovePostfix Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.RemovePrefix Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.RemoveValue Removes a value from a list. | 7.1 |
| List.Reverse Reverses the order of items in the list. | 4.4 |
| List.Serialize Serialized a list as a text. | 5.2 |
| List.SetValue Sets a value in the list. | 7.1 |
| List.Sort Sorts the list. | 4.2 |
| List.SortWithEvaluate Sorts a list with using an expression to evaluate. | 10.2 |
| List.SubList Returns a part of the list. | 7.5 |
| List.Trim Trims all texts in the list. | 7.5 |
| List.ValueIndex Finds the index for a given value. | 5.4 |
| List.XOr Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 4.4 |
| List.XOrColumn Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 10.0 |
| Log Writes the given values to the debug console. | 2.2 |
| MailComposer.AddAttachmentContainer Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.AddAttachmentFile Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.AddAttachmentText Adds an attachment to the email based on a text. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.CanSendMail Whether emails can be send. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.Error The last error from sending email. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetBCCRecipients Queries BCC recipients. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetCCRecipients Queries CC recipients. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetEvaluate Queries the evaluation to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetMessageBody Queries message text. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetSubject Queries subject text. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetTORecipients Queries TO recipients. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.New Initializes the mail composer panel. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.Present Presents the email composer view. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.Result Queries result of email composer. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetBCCRecipients Sets the BCC header for the email message to the specified email addresses. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetCCRecipients Sets the CC header for the email message to the specified email addresses. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to call when composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetMessageBody Sets the body of the email message to the specified content. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetScript Sets the script to call when composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetSubject Sets the Subject header for the email message. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetTORecipients Sets the To header for the email message to the specified email addresses. | 7.3 |
| MapView.AddCircle Adds a circle overlay. | 9.4 |
| MapView.AddPoint Adds a point or pin to the map. | 9.4 |
| MapView.AddPolygon Adds a polygon to the map. | 9.4 |
| MapView.AddPolyline Adds a poly line to the map. | 9.4 |
| MapView.Annotations Queries list of annotations. | 9.4 |
| MapView.CreateWithControl Creates a new map view on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 9.0 |
| MapView.CreateWithSize Creates a new map view inside the window with the given rectangle. | 9.0 |
| MapView.FormatDistance Formats a distance. | 9.2 |
| MapView.GetAnnotationCoordinate Queries the coordinate for the annotation (or overlay). | 9.4 |
| MapView.GetAnnotationDragImage Queries drag image used for an annotation. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetAnnotationImage Queries current image used for an annotation. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetAnnotationSelectedImage Queries selected image used for an annotation. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetAutoResizingMask Queries auto resizing mask. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetCenterCoordinateLatitude Queries latitude of coordinate. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetCenterCoordinateLongitude Queries latitude of coordinate. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetHeight Queries current height of image view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetLeft Queries current position of the image view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetMapType Queries map types. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetOverlayFillColor Queries fill color for an overlay. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetOverlayLineWidth Queries line width for an overlay. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetOverlayPoints Queries overlay points. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetOverlayStrokeColor Queries stroke color for an overlay. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetPitchEnabled Queries pitch enabled state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetRegion Queries current region visible. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetRegionLatitude Queries latitude of current region. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetRegionLatitudeSpan Queries latitude delta of current region. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetRegionLongitude Queries longitude of current region. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetRegionLongitudeSpan Queries longitude delta of current region. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetRotateEnabled Queries rotate enabled state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetScrollEnabled Queries scroll enabled state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetShowsBuildings Queries building state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetShowsCompass Queries compass state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetShowsPointsOfInterest Queries whether points of interest show. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetShowsScale Queries scale state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetShowsTraffic Queries traffic visible state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetShowsUserLocation Queries whether to show user location. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetTag Queries the tag string for this image view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetTop Queries current position of the drop area. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetVisibleMapRect Queries area currently displayed by the map view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetWidth Queries current width of the map view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetZoomEnabled Queries zoom allowed state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetZoomLevel Queries current zoom level. | 9.5 |
| MapView.IsUserLocationVisible Whether the device’s current location is visible in the map view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.Overlays Queries list of overlays. | 9.4 |
| MapView.ParseDistance Parses distance string. | 9.2 |
| MapView.PlanRoute Plans a route. | 9.2 |
| MapView.Release Releases the map view and reclaims memory. | 9.0 |
| MapView.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all map views. | 9.0 |
| MapView.RemoveAnnotation Removes an annotation from the map view. | 9.4 |
| MapView.RemoveAnnotations Removes all annotations. | 9.1 |
| MapView.RemoveOverlay Removes an overlay from the map view. | 9.4 |
| MapView.RemoveOverlays Removes all overlays. | 9.1 |
| MapView.Screenshot Renders screenshot of the map view. | 9.3 |
| MapView.SelectedAnnotations Queries list of selected annotations. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetAnnotationCoordinate Sets the coordinate for the annotation (or overlay). | 9.4 |
| MapView.SetAnnotationDragImage Sets new drag image for annotation. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetAnnotationImage Sets new image for annotation. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetAnnotationSelectedImage Sets new selected image for annotation. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetAutoResizingMask Sets the auto resizing mask. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetColor Sets color of a Pin. | 9.4 |
| MapView.SetCoordinate Sets center coordinate of the map. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the map view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions map view to given control. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetMapType Sets the map type. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetOverlayFillColor Sets fill color for an overlay. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetOverlayLineWidth Not yet documented | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetOverlayPoints Sets new overlay points. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetOverlayStrokeColor Sets stroke color for an overlay. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetPitchEnabled Enables or disables pitch. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetRegion Sets the current region. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetRotateEnabled Enables or disables rotation. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetScript Sets script trigger. | 9.3 |
| MapView.SetScrollEnabled Enables or disables scrolling. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetShowsBuildings Shows or hides buildings. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetShowsCompass Shows or hides compass. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetShowsPointsOfInterest Shows or hides points of interest. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetShowsScale Sets whether to show scale. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetShowsTraffic Enables or disables traffic. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetShowsUserLocation Sets whether to show user location. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetTag Sets the tag string for this map view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetVisible Hides or shows the map view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetVisibleMapRect Sets visible map rectangle. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetZoomEnabled Enables or disables zoom. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetZoomLevel Sets zoom level. | 9.5 |
| MapView.ShowAddress Shows an address. | 9.0 |
| MapView.ShowAllAnnotations Zooms map to show all annotations. | 9.1 |
| MapView.Snapshot Creates a map snapshot. | 9.0 |
| MarkDown.CSS Queries CSS for the markdown. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.Create Creates a new MarkDown convert object with given markdown code. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.HTML Queries html for the markdown. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.Release Releases the mark down object. | 5.1 |
| Math.BitwiseAND Perform bitwise AND operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseNOT Perform bitwise not operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseOR Perform bitwise or operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseShiftLeft Perform bitwise shift left. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseShiftRight Perform bitwise shift right. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseXOR Perform bitwise xor operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.DecToHex Converts a number to a hexadecimal number. | 2.5 |
| Math.DecodeNumber Decodes a number from it's binary representation. | 6.4 |
| Math.EncodeNumber Encodes a number as binary data as hex text. | 6.4 |
| Math.HexToDec Converts a hexadecimal number to a normal decimal number. | 2.5 |
| Math.InchToPixel Converts a inch value to pixel. | 3.4 |
| Math.IsValidCC Verifies a credit card number. | 3.1 |
| Math.MillimeterToPixel Converts a millimeter value to pixel. | 3.4 |
| Math.NumberToText Converts a number value to a text string. | 2.9 |
| Math.PixelToInch Converts a pixel value to inch. | 3.4 |
| Math.PixelToMillimeter Converts a pixel value to millimeter. | 3.4 |
| Math.PolylineDecode Decodes number from Polyline Algorithm Format. | 9.2 |
| Math.PolylineEncode Encodes number in Polyline Algorithm Format. | 9.2 |
| Math.TextToNumber Converts a text to a number. | 2.9 |
| Matrix.Add Adds a value to cells in matrix. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.AddColumn Adds one column to a matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.AddColumns Adds columns to a matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.AddRow Adds a row to the matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.AddRows Adds rows to the matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Avg Calculates average value in a matrix column. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.CSV Queries text of matrix for CSV export. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Clear Clears the matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.ClearValues Clears all values in the matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Clone Creates a copy of a matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.CopyColumn Copies a column from one (or same) matrix to another column. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.CopyRow Copies a row from one (or same) matrix to another row. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.DataType Queries data type of a value. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Evaluate Evaluates an expression for each cell. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.Free Frees the matrix object. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.GetColumn Queries text of a whole column. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.GetColumnName Queres column name. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.GetColumnNames Queres column names. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.GetRow Queries text of a whole row. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.GetRowName Queres row name. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.GetRowNames Queres row names. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.GetText Queries text of whole matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.GetValue Queries a single value. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Height Queries height of matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.InsertRecords Inserts records in FileMaker database from records in memory. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.InsertRecordsToSQL Inserts records in SQL database from records in memory. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.JSONRecord Returns a row as JSON object. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.JSONRecords Returns rows as JSON array. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Max Queries max value in a matrix column. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Min Queries min value in a matrix column. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Multiply Multiplies a value with cells in matrix. | 10.3 |
| Matrix.New Creates a new matrix (2D array). | 9.2 |
| Matrix.NewWithSQL Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.RemoveColumn Removes a column. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.RemoveRow Removes a row. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Resize Resizes matrix to given height and width. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.SetColumn Sets a column to the given texts. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.SetColumnName Sets column name. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.SetRow Sets a row to the given texts. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.SetRowName Sets row name. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.SetValue Sets a single value in the matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Sum Calculates sum value in a matrix column. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Text Queries text of matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Width Queries width of matrix. | 9.2 |
| MessageComposer.AddAttachmentContainer Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.AddAttachmentFile Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.CanSendAttachments Checks whether we can send attachments. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.CanSendSubject Checks whether we can send subject. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.CanSendText Checks whether we can send text. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.GetEvaluate Queries the evaluation to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.GetMessageBody Queries message body. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.GetRecipients Queries list of recipients. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.GetSubject Queries subject text. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.New Initializes the message composer panel. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.Present Presents the message composer view. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.Result Queries result of email composer. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to call when composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.SetMessageBody Sets the body of the message to the specified content. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.SetRecipients Defines recipients. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.SetScript Sets the script to call when composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.SetSubject Sets the Subject header for the email message. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.disableUserAttachments Disable user attachments. | 7.3 |
| MetaDataQuery.Close Frees the metadata query. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Create Creates a new metadata search object. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when shell is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.GetScriptFileName Queries filename of script to call in when shell is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.GetScriptName Queries name of script to call when shell is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.IsGathering Query whether gathering. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.IsStarted Query whether search is started. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.IsStopped Query whether search is stopped. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.PathAtIndex Queries path of an item in results. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Paths Queries file paths. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.QueryString Queries the query string. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.ResultAtIndex Queries an item from result as JSON. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.ResultCount Queries number of found items. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Results Queries results. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SearchScopes Queries the search scopes. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when initial gathering is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetQueryString Sets the predicate to search. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetScript Sets which script to call when initial gathering is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetSearchScopes Sets the search scopes. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.StartQuery Attempts to start the query. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.StopQuery Stops the receiver’s current query from gathering any further results. | 8.0 |
| Modbus.CalculateRTUMessageCRC Calculates the RTU Message CRC string. | 3.1 |
| Msgbox A simple method to show a dialog box with one text. | 2.2 |
| Mutex.Create Creates a new mutex with given name. | 10.2 |
| Mutex.Free Frees a mutex. | 10.2 |
| Mutex.List Lists all Mutex reference numbers. | 10.2 |
| Mutex.Lock Locks the mutex. | 10.2 |
| Mutex.Name Queries name of mutex. | 10.2 |
| Mutex.TryLock Tries to lock the mutex. | 10.2 |
| Mutex.Unlock Unlocks the mutex. | 10.2 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Count Queries number of network interfaces found. | 4.3 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Default Queries default network interface. | 5.2 |
| NetworkInterfaces.JSON Returns all network interfaces as JSON. | 8.4 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Update Queries current network interfaces. | 4.3 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Value Queries the | 4.3 |
| OCR.Cleanup Shutdown the engine and free all memory. | 2.9 |
| OCR.Clear Free up recognition results and any stored image data, without actually freeing any recognition data that would be time-consuming to reload. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetBoxText The recognized text is returned as a text which is coded in the same format as a box file used in training. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetHOCRText Make a HTML-formatted string with hOCR markup from the internal data structures. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetPageSegMode Queries page segmentation mode. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetText Returns recognized text. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetTextWithCoordinates Queries text with coordinates. | 6.5 |
| OCR.GetVariable Queries a variable. | 7.5 |
| OCR.Initialize Initializes tesseract. | 2.9 |
| OCR.IsInitialized Checks if OCR library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| OCR.Language Return the language used in the last valid initialization. | 2.9 |
| OCR.MeanTextConf Returns the (average) confidence value between 0 and 100. | 2.9 |
| OCR.Recognize Recognize the image. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetImage Provide an image for Tesseract to recognize. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetPageSegMode Sets page segmentation mode. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetRectangle Restrict recognition to a sub-rectangle of the image. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetResolution Set the resolution of the source image in pixels per inch. | 5.1 |
| OCR.SetVariable Sets a variable. | 7.5 |
| OCR.WriteToPDF Writes text on the PDF. | 3.1 |
| PDFKit.AddEmptyPage Adds an empty page to the given PDF document. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.AddImageFilePage Adds a new page to PDF document with given image file. | 7.2 |
| PDFKit.AddImagePage Adds a new page to PDF document with given image. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.AppendPages Copies pages from one PDF to append other PDF. | 3.1 |
| PDFKit.Combine Creates a new PDF file with all the given PDF files/references. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.CombineRef Creates a new PDF document with all the given PDF files/references and returns the new PDF reference. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GeneratePreview Adds preview to an existing PDF container. | 7.5 |
| PDFKit.GetIgnoreCombineErrors Returns status of Combine Error handling. | 2.4 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFAttribute Queries a PDF attribute. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFDocument Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF document. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageCount Queries the number of the pages in the PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageDisplayAnnotation Gets whether annotations are drawn. | 6.0 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageFormattedText Queries the styled text of a page in a PDF document. | 2.7 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageImage Renders an image of a page in a PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagePDF Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF page. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagePDFRef Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF page. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageRotation Returns the page rotation angle in degrees. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageText Queries the text of a page in a PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageValue Queries a page property. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagesPDF Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF pages. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagesPDFRef Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF pages. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFText Queries the text of the PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.NewPDFDocument Creates a new empty PDF and returns a PDF Reference value. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.Open Opens a PDF and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.OpenContainer Opens a PDF from container value and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.OpenPath Opens a PDF from a file path and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.OpenURL Opens a PDF from an URL and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.PageBounds Returns the bounds for the specified PDF display box. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.Release Releases a PDF reference. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.SetIgnoreCombineErrors Sets whether Combine operation should report error if you did not pass PDF files or references. | 2.4 |
| PDFKit.SetPDFAttribute Sets a PDF attribute. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.SetPDFPageDisplayAnnotation Sets whether annotations are drawn. | 6.0 |
| PDFKit.SetPDFPageRotation Sets the rotation angle for the page in degrees. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.Watermark Adds a watermark to a page. | 2.7 |
| PDFKit.WriteToPath Writes the PDF to the given file path. | 3.1 |
| PDFKit.allowsCopying Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document allows copying of content to the Pasteboard. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.allowsPrinting Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document allows printing. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.isEncrypted Returns a Boolean value specifying whether the document is encrypted. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.isLocked Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document is locked. | 2.9 |
| PKCS12.CA Queries certificate with given index. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.CACount Queries number of other certificates. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.Cert Queries the X509 certificate in the PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.PKey Queries the private key from the PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.ReadFromContainer Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS12 file in container. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.ReadFromFile Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.Release Releases the PKCS12 from memory. | 7.0 |
| PKCS7.ReadFromContainer Reads PKCS#7 from a file in container. | 9.1 |
| PKCS7.ReadFromFile Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS#7 file. | 9.1 |
| PKCS7.Release Releases the PKCS7 from memory. | 9.1 |
| PKCS7.SignedDataCert Queries signing certificate with given index. | 9.1 |
| PKCS7.SignedDataCertCount Queries number of signing certificates. | 9.1 |
| PKCS7.SignedDataContent Queries content signed. | 9.1 |
| PKey.Bits Queries number of bits of key. | 7.0 |
| PKey.DescriptionPrivateKey Describes the private key. | 7.0 |
| PKey.DescriptionPublicKey Describes the public key. | 7.0 |
| PKey.GetPrivateKey Queries private key as PEM file text. | 7.0 |
| PKey.GetPublicKey Queries public key as PEM file text. | 7.0 |
| PKey.Release Releases the private key from memory. | 7.0 |
| PKey.Type Queries the type of key. | 7.0 |
| Path.AddPathComponent Adds a new path component. | 6.0 |
| Path.FileMakerPathToNativePath Converts a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification to a native path. | 2.4 |
| Path.FilePathToFileURL Converts a file path to a local file URL. | 5.0 |
| Path.FileURLToFilePath Converts a file URL to a local file path. | 5.0 |
| Path.LastPathComponent Queries the last path component. | 6.0 |
| Path.LongPath Queries long file path on Windows. | 9.0 |
| Path.NativePathToFileMakerPath Converts a native path to a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification. | 2.4 |
| Path.RemoveLastPathComponent Removes last path component. | 6.0 |
| Path.ShortPath Queries short file path on Windows. | 9.0 |
| Platform Returns what platform the plugin is running on. | 3.0 |
| Plugin.BuildNumber Queries the build number of the plugin. | 5.0 |
| Plugin.CallCounter Queries call counter. | 9.3 |
| Plugin.CallErrorScriptTrigger Triggers error script. | 8.5 |
| Plugin.CompileDate Queries compile date as FileMaker date. | 10.0 |
| Plugin.DisableFunction Disables a plugin function. | 2.8 |
| Plugin.FunctionCount Queries number of functions available. | 7.2 |
| Plugin.Functions Returns a list of all the functions in the plugin. | 1.0 |
| Plugin.GetSuccessReturn Queries current OK return. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.InstallSignalHandlers Installs signal handlers. | 9.3 |
| Plugin.IsPrerelease Queries whether this is a MBS Plugin beta version. | 10.0 |
| Plugin.JasperVersion Queries version string for Jasper library. | 9.0 |
| Plugin.LibSSHVersion Queries the SSH library version used. | 6.2 |
| Plugin.LicenseeName Queries licensee name. | 8.3 |
| Plugin.LimitFunction Limits a function. | 5.4 |
| Plugin.LockFunction Locks a function with a password. | 5.4 |
| Plugin.OpenSSLVersion Queries OpenSSL Version. | 6.2 |
| Plugin.PNGVersion Queries PNG version. | 7.3 |
| Plugin.Path Queries the native file path to the plugin. | 3.3 |
| Plugin.ScriptStepParameter Queries script step parameter with given index. | 7.2 |
| Plugin.ScriptStepParameterCount Queries number of parameters to the current script step. | 7.2 |
| Plugin.Seats Queries the internal seats value. | 1.6 |
| Plugin.SetErrorScriptTrigger Sets script to trigger if plugin call returns an error. | 8.5 |
| Plugin.SetFunctions Sets the function list the plugin has. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.SetPreviewSize Sets which size plugin uses for preview images. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.SetSuccessReturn Sets what the plugin returns on success. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.StartTimeStamp Queries time the plugin was loaded. | 9.5 |
| Plugin.TiffVersion Queries version string for TIFF library. | 9.0 |
| Plugin.UnlockFunction Unlocks a locked function. | 5.4 |
| Plugin.UsedFunctions Queries used functions. | 8.3 |
| Plugin.ZLibVersion Queries zlib version number. | 8.1 |
| Plugin.isDebug Checks whether this is debug version of MBS Plugin. | 7.1 |
| Preferences.DeleteValue Deletes a preference value. | 6.0 |
| Preferences.GetValue Queries preferences value. | 2.7 |
| Preferences.GetValueType Queries data type for a preferences entry. | 9.3 |
| Preferences.HasValue Checks if a preference value is defined. | 6.0 |
| Preferences.SetValue Sets preferences value. | 2.7 |
| Process.GetCurrentDirectory Queries current directory. | 6.5 |
| Process.LoadLibrary Loads a given native library. | 6.5 |
| Process.SetCurrentDirectory Sets the current directory. | 6.5 |
| ProcessActivity.List Lists all activities. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.Options Queries option flags. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.Reason Queries the reason text. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.beginActivity Begins an activity. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.endActivity Ends the activity started with ProcessActivity.beginActivity. | 5.2 |
| Proj.BatchTransform Transforms a lot of coordinates. | 10.1 |
| Proj.Initialize Loads and initializes PROJ library. | 10.1 |
| Proj.IsInitialized Checks initialization status. | 10.1 |
| Proj.Transform Transforms one coordinate. | 10.1 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddContainer Adds an container to the list of files to preview. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddFile Adds file to the file list for preview. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddImage Adds an image to the list of files to preview. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddPDF Adds a PDF to the preview items. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Clear Clears content of file list. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.CurrentPreviewItemIndex Queries index of current visible item. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.CurrentPreviewItemPath Queries path of current item. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.CurrentPreviewItemTitle Queries title of current item. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Hide Hides the panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.IsVisible Checks if panel is visible. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.SetCurrentPreviewItemIndex Sets index of current element. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Show Shows the panel. | 4.3 |
| QuickList.AddList Adds a list of values to a quick list. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.AddMultiValue Adds a value or list to the list. | 7.2 |
| QuickList.AddPostfix Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.AddPrefix Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.AddQuickList Adds the content of second list to first list. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.AddSQL Adds values to a quick list via SQL. | 5.1 |
| QuickList.AddValue Adds a value to the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.And Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.AndColumn Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 10.0 |
| QuickList.BestMatch Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | 7.4 |
| QuickList.Clear Clears the content of the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Clone Creates a clone of the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.Count Queries the count of items in list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.CountValuesMatching Count matching entries in list. | 10.2 |
| QuickList.CrossProduct Creates the cross product from two lists. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.DeCombine Picks elements from each line in a list. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.Deserialize Restores a serialized list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.FindEquals Finds equal items in both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.FindUnequals Finds unequal items in both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Free Frees the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.GetList Queries the list as text. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.GetValue Queries a value in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.HasDuplicateItems Checks if list has duplicates. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.HasValue Checks whether a list contains a given value. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.IndexOfFirstValueMatching Finds index of first value matching value. | 10.2 |
| QuickList.InsertValue Inserts a value to a list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.List Returns list of all quick list IDs. | 5.3 |
| QuickList.MatchesPostfix Finds list entries which have a given postfix text. | 5.4 |
| QuickList.MatchesPrefix Finds list entries which have a given prefix text. | 5.4 |
| QuickList.MatchesSubString Finds list entries which contains a given text. | 6.0 |
| QuickList.New Creates a new list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Not Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.NotColumn Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 10.0 |
| QuickList.Or Returns values of both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.OrColumn Returns values of both lists. | 10.0 |
| QuickList.Pop Pops last value from the list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.PopFirst Pops the first value from a list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.Push Pushes a value to the end of the list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.RegExMatch Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Remove Removes the value with the given index. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.RemoveDuplicateItems Removes duplicate items in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.RemoveEmptyItems Removes empty items in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.RemovePostfix Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.RemovePrefix Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.RemoveValue Removes a value from a quick list. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.Reserve Reserves memory for a list of given size. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Reverse Reverses the order of items in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Serialize Serialized a list as a text. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.SetList Sets the list to the content of the passed list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.SetValue Sets a value in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Sort Sorts the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.SortWith Sorts the list with together with other lists. | 6.2 |
| QuickList.SortWithEvaluate Sorts a list with using an expression to evaluate. | 10.2 |
| QuickList.SubList Returns a part of the list. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.Trim Trims all texts in the list. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.ValueIndex Finds the index for a given value. | 5.4 |
| QuickList.XOr Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.XOrColumn Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 10.0 |
| RSA.DecryptPrivateKey Decrypts a private key. | 7.5 |
| RSA.EncryptPrivateKey Encrypts a private key. | 7.5 |
| RSA.GeneratePrivateKey Creates a new private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.GetPublicKey Queries public key from private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PrivateDecrypt Decrypts data using private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PrivateEncrypt Encrypts data using private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PublicDecrypt Decrypts data using public key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PublicEncrypt Encrypts data using public key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.Sign Signs data with RSA digital signature. | 6.2 |
| RSA.Verify Verifies RSA digital signature. | 6.2 |
| RegEx.CaptureCount Queries number of captured sub patterns. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Compile Compiles a pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Execute Executes a statement. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.FindMatches Finds in a text all matches of a given pattern and returns list. | 5.1 |
| RegEx.Free Frees memory for a regular expression. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.List Returns list of all regex IDs. | 5.3 |
| RegEx.Match Matches a text against to a pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.MatchList Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.MinimumLength Queries the minimum length of the text to match. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.NameCount Queries number of names. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.NamedSubstring Queries the named substring. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Options Queries the options to used when compiling the pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Pattern Queries the pattern used to compile this regular expression. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Quote Quotes text for use in patterns. | 7.5 |
| RegEx.Replace Replace pattern once. | 7.5 |
| RegEx.ReplaceAll Replaces patterns. | 7.5 |
| RegEx.Results Queries the result from execute. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Size Queries size of compiled pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.StringNumber Queries the index number of a name. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Study Studies the regular expression for improved execution speed. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Substring Queries a substring. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.SubstringList Returns list of substrings. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Version Returns the version number of the PCRE library. | 4.4 |
| Register This function is used to register the Plugin. | 1.0 |
| Registration Returns a list of the currently registered components. | 1.0 |
| RichText.AppendFormattedText Appends new styled text to the document. | 10.0 |
| RichText.AppendText Appends text to the current document. | 10.0 |
| RichText.Attribute Queries an attribute value. | 3.0 |
| RichText.Clear Clears current document. | 3.5 |
| RichText.FormattedText Returns the styled text of the currently loaded text file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.HTMLText Converts the current rich text to html. | 6.0 |
| RichText.RTF Returns current rich text as RTF data. | 6.5 |
| RichText.ReadContainer Reads text file from container. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReadFile Reads a text file from a file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReadHTML Loads a HTML page as rich text. | 5.2 |
| RichText.ReadRTF Loads RTF text as rich text. | 5.2 |
| RichText.ReadText Read rich text from text. | 4.4 |
| RichText.ReadURL Reads a text file from an URL. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReadWebviewer Reads formatted text from webviewer content. | 5.4 |
| RichText.Release Frees memory for current text file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReplaceText Replaces text in current rich text document with new text. | 4.4 |
| RichText.ReplaceTexts Replaces text in current rich text document with new text. | 6.4 |
| RichText.SetAttribute Sets metadata. | 3.5 |
| RichText.SetFormattedText Sets new text for saving a document. | 3.5 |
| RichText.SetText Sets new text for saving a document. | 3.5 |
| RichText.Text Returns the plain text of the currently loaded text file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.TextLength Returns the length of the text in characters. | 3.0 |
| RichText.WriteContainer Writes current rich text to a container. | 4.4 |
| RichText.WriteFile Writes current rich text to a file. | 4.4 |
| RichText.WriteRTF Writes a RTF file. | 3.5 |
| SNMP.SetRetries Sets number of retries for the SNMP query. | 3.1 |
| SNMP.SetTimeout Sets timeout for the SNMP query. | 3.1 |
| SQL.Cancel Attempts to cancel the pending result set, or current statement execution. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ClientVersion Gets the DBMS client API version number. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Close Closes the specified command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.CommandText Gets the command text associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.CommandType Gets the command type currently associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Commit Saves any changes and ends the current transaction. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Connect Opens the connection to a data source. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Disconnect Disconnects the connection from the database. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Execute Executes the current command. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchFirst Fetches the first row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchLast Fetches the last row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchNext Fetches next row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchPos Fetches a row from a result set. | 5.1 |
| SQL.FetchPrior Fetches previous row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FieldCount Returns the number of fields (columns) in a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FreeAllConnections Frees all SQL connections and commands. | 6.3 |
| SQL.FreeCommand Frees the command and releases all memory associated with it. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FreeConnection Call this method if you are done with a connection. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetAutoCommit Checks whether autocommit is enabled or disabled for the current connection. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetCommandOption Gets a string value of a specific command option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetCommandOptions Queries list of options for command. | 8.4 |
| SQL.GetCommandTag Queries tag for command. | 6.4 |
| SQL.GetConnectionOption Gets a string value of a specific connection option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetConnectionOptions Queries list of options for connection. | 8.4 |
| SQL.GetConnectionTag Queries tag for connection. | 6.4 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsBoolean Returns field's value as boolean value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsContainer Queries field value as container. | 6.2 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsDate Returns field's value as date value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsDateTime Returns field's value as timestamp value.- | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsFloat Returns field's value as floating point number value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsJPEG Returns field's value as JPEG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsNumber Returns field's value as integer number value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsPDF Returns field's value as PDF value. | 4.3 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsPNG Returns field's value as PNG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsText Returns field's value as text value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsTime Returns field's value as time value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldDataType Returns field data type. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldIsNull Whether the field value is NULL. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldName Returns name of the field. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldNameList Queries list of field names. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetFieldOption Gets a string value of a specific field option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldOptions Queries list of options for field. | 8.4 |
| SQL.GetFieldValue Returns field's value. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetFieldValueList Queries list of field values. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetFieldsAsJSON Queries fields values current record as JSON object. | 10.2 |
| SQL.GetIsolationLevel Gets the transaction isolation level. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsBoolean Returns param's value as boolean value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsContainer Queries parameter value as container. | 6.2 |
| SQL.GetParamAsDate Returns param's value as date; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsDateTime Returns param's value as timestamp value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsFloat Returns param's value as floating point number; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsJPEG Returns parameters's value as JPEG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetParamAsNumber Returns param's value as integer; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsPDF Returns parameters's value as PDF value. | 4.3 |
| SQL.GetParamAsPNG Returns parameters's value as PNG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetParamAsText Returns param's value as text; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsTime Returns param's value as time value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamDataType Returns parameter data type. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamIsDefault Checks whether parameter is default value. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamIsNull Whether the parameter value is NULL. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamName Returns the name of the parameter. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamNameList Queries list of parameter names. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetParamOption Gets a string value of a specific parameter option. | 8.4 |
| SQL.GetParamOptions Queries list of options for parameter. | 8.4 |
| SQL.GetParamValue Returns param's value. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetParamValueList Queries list of parameter values. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetParamsAsJSON Queries parameters as JSON object. | 10.2 |
| SQL.GetRecordsAsJSON Queries records of current result set as JSON array. | 10.2 |
| SQL.GetRecordsAsText Queries all records as text. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InsertOrUpdateRecords Creates or updates records in FileMaker database for current recordset. | 7.3 |
| SQL.InsertRecords Creates records in FileMaker database for current recordset. | 5.2 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activate Activates the internal SQLite library. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activated Checks if internal SQLite library is used. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Deactivate Deactivates the use of internal SQLite library. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SourceID Returns the source code ID. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Version Returns the SQLite version number. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.VersionNumber Returns the SQLite version number. | 5.3 |
| SQL.ListCommands Returns a list of all SQL Commands. | 6.4 |
| SQL.ListConnections Returns a list of all SQL Connections. | 6.4 |
| SQL.MySQL.InsertID For MySQL Connection queries the last insert ID. | 2.9 |
| SQL.NewCommand Creates a new command. | 2.6 |
| SQL.NewConnection Initialize a new SAConnection object and returns Connection Reference. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Open Opens the specified command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ParamCount Returns the number of parameters associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Prepare Validates and prepares the current command for execution. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ResetCommand Clears all DBMS related handles and sturctures but doesn't destroy them (mostly for Unix fork/exec based applications) | 2.6 |
| SQL.ResetConnection Clears all DBMS related handles and structures but doesn't destroy them. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Rollback Cancels any changes made during the current transaction and ends the transaction. | 2.6 |
| SQL.RowsAffected Queries the number of rows affected. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SQLite3.EnableLoadExtension Enables extensions on SQLite 3. | 4.4 |
| SQL.SQLite3.LastInsertRowID For SQLite3, returns the last row ID used. | 2.9 |
| SQL.SQLite3.MemoryHighwater Queries maximum memory usage so far. | 7.4 |
| SQL.SQLite3.MemoryUsed Queries memory in use by SQLite. | 7.4 |
| SQL.SQLite3.ReKey You can change the key on a database using the Rekey Function. | 5.3 |
| SQL.SQLite3.SetKey Sets the encryption key to use. | 5.3 |
| SQL.ServerVersion The long number of the currently connected server version. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ServerVersionString Gets the currently connected DBMS server version string. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetAutoCommit Enables or disables autocommit for the current connection, that is, automatic commit of every SQL command. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetClient Assigns an DBMS client for the connection. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetCommandOption Sets a string value of a specific command option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetCommandTag Sets the tag for the command. | 6.4 |
| SQL.SetCommandText Sets the command text. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetConnectionOption Sets a string value of a specific connection or command option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetConnectionTag Sets the tag for the connection. | 6.4 |
| SQL.SetFieldOption Sets a string value of a specific field option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetIsolationLevel Sets the transaction isolation level. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsBoolean Sets parameter's value as bool data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsContainer Sets parameter's value as BLOB value with data from a container. | 3.0 |
| SQL.SetParamAsDate Sets parameter's value as Date data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsDateTime Sets parameter's value as DateTime data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsFloat Sets parameter's value as floating point number. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsNumber Sets parameter's value as 32-bit integer number. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsText Sets parameter's value as character string data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsTime Sets parameter's value as Time data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamDataType Sets parameter's data type. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamDefault Sets the default value for this parameter. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamNull Sets parameter's value as null. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamOption Sets a string value of a specific parameter option. | 8.4 |
| SQL.SetParamTypesValues Sets all parameters for a query in one call. | 5.1 |
| SQL.SetParamUnknown Sets parameter's type as unknown. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamValue Sets parameter's value. | 5.1 |
| SQL.SetParamValues Sets all parameters for a query in one call. | 5.1 |
| SQL.SetParamsWithJSON Sets parameters based on values in JSON. | 10.2 |
| SQL.isAlive Returns the database server connection status for a particular connection object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isConnected Returns the connection state for a particular connection object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isExecuted Whether command was executed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isOpened Tests whether the specified command object is opened. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isResultSet Tests whether a result set exists after the command execution. | 2.6 |
| SSH.CloseChannel Closes the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Connect Connects a new socket to the given IP & Port. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Disconnect Disconnects the session. | 6.3 |
| SSH.EOF Check a channel's EOF status. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Execute Executes something on the server. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Flush Flush streams for this channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.FreeChannel Frees the SSH channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetExitState Get the remote exit code. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetIP Queries IP or domain used to connect. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetPort Queries port used to connect. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetTag Queries tag value. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetTimeout Queries timeout. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetUserName The user name we got authenticated for. | 6.3 |
| SSH.HostKey Returns the hex encoded host key. | 6.3 |
| SSH.HostKeyHash Returns the hex encoded host key hash. | 6.3 |
| SSH.IsAuthenticated Queries the authentication state. | 6.3 |
| SSH.New Creates a new SSH session. | 6.3 |
| SSH.OpenSession Opens a SSH channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.ReadHex Reads bytes from channel and returns them hex encoded. | 6.3 |
| SSH.ReadText Reads bytes from channel and returns them as text. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Release Frees the memory for the ssh session. | 6.3 |
| SSH.RequestPTY Request a PTY on an established channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SendEOF Send EOF to remote server. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SessionHandshake Perform the SSH handshake. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SetEnv Set an environment variable on the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SetTimeout Sets timeout. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Shell Request a shell on a channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Tunnel.BytesReceived Queries number of bytes received. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.BytesSent Queries number of bytes sent. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.Cancel Cancel the tunnel. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.Cancelled Queries cancel state for tunnel. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.GetConnected Queries whether tunnel is connected and transfers data. | 10.3 |
| SSH.Tunnel.GetKeepAlive Queries keep alive status. | 10.2 |
| SSH.Tunnel.Messages Queries messages from tunnel. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.Run Creates a SSH tunnel on the session. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.Running Queries whether tunnel is running. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.SetKeepAlive Sets keep alive status. | 10.2 |
| SSH.UserAuthKeyboardInteractive Authenticate a session using keyboard-interactive authentication. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthList List supported authentication methods. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthPassword Authenticate a session with username and password. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthPublicKey Authenticate a session with a public key, read from memory. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthPublicKeyFile Authenticate a session with a public key, read from a file. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WaitClosed Wait for the remote to close the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WaitEOF Wait for the remote end to acknowledge an EOF request. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WaitSocket Waits on the socket for sending or receiving. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WriteHex Writes text to the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WriteText Writes text to the channel. | 6.3 |
| Schedule.Check Checks if something needs to be run. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ClearEvaluateResult Clears result of last evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ClearSQLResult Clears result of last SQL query. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateAfterDelay Evaluates an expression after a delay. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateAtTime Evaluates an expression at a given point in time. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateAtTimeStamp Evaluates an expression at a given point in time. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAfterDelay Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTime Runs a sql query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTimeStamp Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetAutoRelease Queries if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetEvaluate Queries the expression to evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetEvaluateResult Queries result of last evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetFileName Returns the file name for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetLastTimeStamp Queries the last time stamp the schedule run. | 6.2 |
| Schedule.GetRepeatDelay Queries the delay between scheduled script calls. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetRunCount Queries the number of schedule executions. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetSQL Queries the scheduled SQL command. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetSQLResult Queries result of last SQL query. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetScriptName Returns the script name for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetScriptParameter Returns the script parameter for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetTimeStamp Queries the timestamp of next execution of schedule. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetURL Queries URL to be triggered when schedule runs. | 6.5 |
| Schedule.List Provides a list with all scheduled script starts or SQL commands. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.Release Releases schedule reference. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ReleaseAll Releases all scheduled. | 6.4 |
| Schedule.SetAutoRelease Sets if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetFileName Sets the file name for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetRepeatDelay Sets the repeat delay for the schedule. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetSQL Sets the SQL for the schedule. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetScriptName Sets the script name for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetScriptParameter Sets the script parameter for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetTimeStamp Sets the timestamp where a schedule runs the next time. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetURL Sets the URL to query when schedule runs. | 6.5 |
| Schedule.StartScriptAfterDelay Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.StartScriptAtTime Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.StartScriptAtTimeStamp Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Screen.Height Queries screen height. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Left Queries screen position. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Scale Queries scale of screen. | 9.2 |
| Screen.Top Queries screen position. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Width Queries screen width. | 1.0 |
| SendCommand Connects to a TCP Socket on some computer in the network and sends a data packet with the given parameters. | 2.0 |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentContainer Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentFile Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentText Adds an attachment to the email based on a text. | 6.5 |
| SendMail.AddBCC Adds a blind copy recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddCC Adds a copy recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddHeader Adds an header to the email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddRecipient Adds a recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddReplyTo Adds a recipient for a reply. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddTo Adds a recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | 6.5 |
| SendMail.ClearAttachments Clears all attachments from this email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.ClearHeaders Clears the headers for email. | 6.1 |
| SendMail.ClearRecipients Clears all recipients. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.CreateEmail Creates a new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.GetHTMLText Queries the html text of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetInReplyTo Queries the reply to address of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetMessageID Queries the message ID of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetPlainText Queries the plain text of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetRichText Queries the rich text of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSMTPPassword Queries the smtp password of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSMTPServer Queries the smtp server of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSMTPUserName Queries the smtp username of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSource Queries the source code for the email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.GetSubject Queries the subject of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.PrepareCURL Setups existing CURL session for an email transfer. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.Release Releases all memory used by this email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetFrom Sets the email from address. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetHTMLText Sets the HTML text of the new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetInReplyTo Sets the in reply to message ID. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetMessageID Sets the message ID. | 4.4 |
| SendMail.SetPlainText Sets the plain text of the new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetRichText Sets the enriched text of the new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSMTPPassword Sets the password for SMTP server authentication. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSMTPServer Sets which SMTP server to use. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSMTPUserName Sets the username for SMTP server authentication. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSubject Sets the subject line. | 4.3 |
| ServerSocket.Check Checks if any network socket has something to do. | 3.2 |
| ServerSocket.GetAllowedScripts Queries list of allowed scripts. | 3.4 |
| ServerSocket.GetAllowedTypes Queries the list of allowed types. | 3.4 |
| ServerSocket.SendQuery Sends a query to a Serversocket on another FileMaker instance. | 3.2 |
| ServerSocket.SetAllowedScripts Sets a list of allowed script names. | 3.4 |
| ServerSocket.SetAllowedTypes Sets a list of allowed types. | 3.4 |
| ServerSocket.Start Starts the server socket to answer queries from other applications. | 3.2 |
| ServerSocket.Stop Stops the server socket. | 3.2 |
| ShowURL Shows an URL. | 2.4 |
| Socket.AcceptNewConnection Accepts a new connection and returns a new socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.AddMembership Adds this socket to a multicast group. | 7.5 |
| Socket.AvailableBytes Queries number of bytes in read buffer. | 4.3 |
| Socket.Check Performs the socket event check. | 5.1 |
| Socket.CheckAll Checks status of all sockets. | 5.1 |
| Socket.ClearDataAvailableHandler Clears the data available handler. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ClearErrorHandler Clears the error handler. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ClearNewConnectionHandler Clears the new connection handler. | 7.2 |
| Socket.Close Closes a socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.CloseAll Closes all open sockets. | 4.3 |
| Socket.Connect Connects a TCP/IP socket to the given domain/IP on the given port. | 3.1 |
| Socket.DropMembership Removes this socket from a multicast group. | 7.5 |
| Socket.EnableKeepAlive Enables keep alive of TCP/IP socket. | 10.3 |
| Socket.GetBroadcast Queries whether broadcasts are allowed. | 5.3 |
| Socket.GetMulticastInterface Queries the interface to use for multicast. | 7.5 |
| Socket.GetMulticastLoop Queries whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket. | 5.3 |
| Socket.GetMulticastTimeToLive Queries time to live for multicast data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.GetTag Queries the tag value of the socket. | 8.3 |
| Socket.GetTimeToLive Queries time to live for data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.IsClosed Checks if socket got closed. | 9.0 |
| Socket.IsListening Checks whether socket is listening. | 9.0 |
| Socket.LastError Queries the last error code for the given socket. | 4.3 |
| Socket.LastMessageIP Returns the IP from the last message received. | 3.1 |
| Socket.LastMessagePort Returns the port from the last message received. | 3.1 |
| Socket.List Liste all reference numbers for sockets. | 9.2 |
| Socket.Listen Binds the socket to the port and starts listening. | 3.1 |
| Socket.LocalIP Queries local IP. | 8.0 |
| Socket.LocalPort Queries local port number. | 8.0 |
| Socket.NewTCPSocket Creates a new TCP Socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.NewUDPSocket Creates a new UDP Socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.Peek Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
| Socket.PeekAll Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.PeekAllHex Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 4.3 |
| Socket.PeekHex Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 3.1 |
| Socket.Read Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ReadAll Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadAllHex Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadHex Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ReadLine Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadLineHex Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadMLLP Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
| Socket.RemoteIP Returns IP of the remote socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.RemotePort Returns port of the socket on the other side. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SSL.Accept Wait for a TLS/SSL client to initiate a TLS/SSL handshake. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.Connect Initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.GetMethod Queries the SSL method. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.Initialize Initializes a SSL connection. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.Prepare First step in SSL initialization. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.SetMethod Sets the SSL method for this socket. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.UseCertificateFile Defines to use a certificate key file for this SSL socket. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.UsePrivateKeyFile Defines to use a private key file for this SSL socket. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SendMessage Sends an UDP data message. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SendMessageHex Sends an UDP data message. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetBroadcast Enables or disables whether broadcasts are allowed. | 5.3 |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableEvaluate Sets the data available evaluation for this socket. | 6.2 |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableHandler Sets the data available handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableURL Sets the URL to query when data is available. | 6.5 |
| Socket.SetErrorEvaluate Sets the error expression for this socket. | 6.2 |
| Socket.SetErrorHandler Sets the error handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetErrorURL Sets the URL to query when error happens. | 6.5 |
| Socket.SetMulticastInterface Sets the interface to use for multicast. | 7.5 |
| Socket.SetMulticastLoop Sets whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket. | 5.3 |
| Socket.SetMulticastTimeToLive Sets time to live for multicast data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionEvaluate Sets the new connection expression for this socket. | 6.2 |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionHandler Sets the new connection handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionURL Sets the URL to query when new connection is received. | 6.5 |
| Socket.SetTag Sets the tag of the socket. | 8.3 |
| Socket.SetTimeToLive Sets time to live for data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.Write Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.WriteByte Writes a single byte to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.WriteHex Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.WriteMLLP Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Speech.AvailableVoices Query the list of available voices. | 6.4 |
| Speech.IsPaused Checks whether we are paused. | 8.3 |
| Speech.IsSpeaking Queries whether text is speaking. | 7.5 |
| Speech.Pause Pauses speech. | 8.3 |
| Speech.Resume Resumes speech. | 8.3 |
| Speech.Speak Speaks text. | 6.3 |
| SpeechRecognition.AuthorizationStatus Queries authorization status. | 9.4 |
| SpeechRecognition.Initialize Initializes the Speech Recognition. | 9.4 |
| SpeechRecognition.IsInitialized Checks whether we are initialized. | 9.4 |
| SpeechRecognition.Recognize Recognizes some text. | 9.4 |
| SpeechRecognition.RequestAuthorization Requests authorization for Speech Recognition. | 9.4 |
| SpeechRecognition.SupportedLocales Queries supported locales. | 9.4 |
| SpeechRecognition.SupportsOnDeviceRecognition Queries whether on device recognition is supported. | 9.4 |
| StoreKit.AddPayment Adds a new payment to the transaction query. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.CanMakePayments Indicates whether the user is allowed to make payments. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.FinishTransaction Completes a pending transaction. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.InvalidProductIdentifiers Queries invalid product identifiers. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.IsProductViewVisible Whether the product view dialog is visible. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.ProductQueryRunning Whether a product query is running. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.Products Queries product list. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.QueryProducts Queries products. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.RequestReview Shows review dialog. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.RestoreCompletedTransactions Asks the payment queue to restore previously completed purchases. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.SetProductViewFinishedTrigger Sets trigger for product view. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.SetRestoreCompletedTransactionsTrigger Sets script triggered when transactions are restored. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.SetUpdatedTransactionsTrigger Sets the script to trigger when transactions change. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.ShowProductView Shows a new product screen to display. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.Transactions Returns an array of pending transactions as JSON. | 8.2 |
| StoreRegistration Stores registration on Mac in preferences file of FileMaker so the plugin can auto register itself on startup of FileMaker. | 3.0 |
| SystemInfo.AvailableRAM Returns the size of the free RAM in bytes. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.CPUBrandString Returns the CPU brand string. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.ComputerName Returns the name of the computer. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.DomainName Returns the domain name of the current computer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.DoubleClickTime Queries the double click time for this computer in seconds. | 3.1 |
| SystemInfo.HardDiscSerial Returns the hard disc serial number of the first hard disc which has a serial number. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.HostDNSName Queries the domain name for the host name. | 5.0 |
| SystemInfo.HostName Returns the hostname for this computer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.Is64bitWindows Checks Windows on Windows status. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.IsAdminUser Tries to check if user is admin user on the system. | 5.2 |
| SystemInfo.MACAddress Returns the hardware ethernet address of the first ethernet card. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.OSName Returns the name of the operating system. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.OSVersionString Returns the Name of the operating system with version. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.PhysicalRAM Returns the size of the physical RAM in bytes. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.ProcessorCount Returns the number of processors on the target system. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.Time Returns current system time stamp as double. | 3.0 |
| SystemInfo.UserName Returns the user name. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.UserShortName Returns the user's short name. eg 'admin' | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.WindowsAero Returns whether Windows is using the Aero Interface. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isBigSur Whether the operation system is macOS 11 Big Sur or newer. | 10.3 |
| SystemInfo.isCatalina Whether the operation system is MacOS 10.15 Catalina or newer. | 9.3 |
| SystemInfo.isElCapitan Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.10 Syrah or newer. | 6.3 |
| SystemInfo.isHighSierra Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.13 High Sierra or newer. | 7.5 |
| SystemInfo.isLeopard Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.5 Leopard or newer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isLion Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.7 Lion or newer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isMacOSX Returns 1 if being called on Mac OS X. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isMavericks Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.9 Lion or newer. | 3.5 |
| SystemInfo.isMojave Whether the operation system is MacOS 10.14 Mojave or newer. | 8.4 |
| SystemInfo.isMountainLion Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.8 Mountain Lion or newer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isSierra Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.12 Sierra or newer. | 6.3 |
| SystemInfo.isSnowLeopard Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.6 Snow Leopard or newer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isTranslated Queries whether application is translated on Apple Silicon Macs. | 10.3 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows10 Returns 1 if called on Windows 10. | 5.2 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows2000 Returns 1 if called on Windows 2000. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows7 Returns 1 if called on Windows 7. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows8 Returns 1 if called on Windows 8. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindowsVista Returns 1 if called on Windows Vista. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindowsXP Returns 1 if called on Windows XP. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isYosemite Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.11 Syrah or newer. | 6.3 |
| Text.AddLineNumbers Adds line numbers to text. | 8.3 |
| Text.AppendTextFile You have to decide which encoding to use (if not native). We support a few encodings, but we can add more if you need something special. | 2.8 |
| Text.CapitalCase Converts text to capital case letters. | 5.1 |
| Text.Character Creates a character with given number. | 5.2 |
| Text.Characters Returns the character codes. | 5.2 |
| Text.Code Queries the number of a character. | 5.2 |
| Text.ConvertFromTextEncoding Converts text from a text encoding. | 9.4 |
| Text.ConvertToTextEncoding Converts text into a text encoding. | 9.4 |
| Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterComposition Converts text by applying unicode character normalization. | 5.2 |
| Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterDecomposition Converts text by applying unicode character normalization. | 5.2 |
| Text.CountWords Counts words. | 8.1 |
| Text.DecodeBytesFromBase64 Decodes base64 string and encodes it as byte values. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeFromBase64 Decode a base 64 string. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeFromBase64URL Decode a base 64 URL string. | 7.5 |
| Text.DecodeFromBytes Decode a byte string. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeFromHTML Decodes html text. | 2.4 |
| Text.DecodeFromHex Decode a hex string. | 2.4 |
| Text.DecodeFromQuotedPrintable Decodes a string with quoted printable encoding. | 4.3 |
| Text.DecodeFromURL Decode an URL string. | 2.6 |
| Text.DecodeFromXML Decodes xml text. | 4.3 |
| Text.DecodeHexFromBase64 Decodes base64 string and encodes it as hex values. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeIMAPFolderName Decodes text from IMAP UTF-7. | 9.2 |
| Text.DecodeURLComponent Decodes an URL component. | 3.1 |
| Text.Deserialize Restores a styled text. | 5.4 |
| Text.EncodeBytesToBase64 Encodes string with byte values to base 64. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeEmailSubject Encodes an email subject. | 4.3 |
| Text.EncodeHexToBase64 Encodes hex string to base 64. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeToBase64 Encode a base64 string. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeToBase64URL Encode a base64 URL string. | 7.5 |
| Text.EncodeToBytes Encode a byte string. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeToHTML Encodes text as html. | 2.4 |
| Text.EncodeToHex Encode a hex string. | 2.4 |
| Text.EncodeToQuotedPrintable Returns a string with quoted printable characters. | 4.3 |
| Text.EncodeToURL Encode an URL string. | 2.6 |
| Text.EncodeToXML Encodes text as xml. | 4.3 |
| Text.EncodeURLComponent Encodes an URL component. | 3.1 |
| Text.FileExtensionToMimeType Finds a mime type for a file extension. | 5.4 |
| Text.FilterUTF16 Filters text to UTF-16. | 9.3 |
| Text.FindBetween Searches text for text between the two search strings. | 3.0 |
| Text.InvalidCharactersForEncoding Checks the text to return all characters which are not preserved when converting text to given text encoding. | 5.2 |
| Text.JaroWinklerDistance Calculates the string distance. | 2.9 |
| Text.Length Query length of text. | 7.2 |
| Text.LevenshteinDistance Calculates the string distance. | 2.9 |
| Text.ListWords Split words and list them. | 8.1 |
| Text.LowerCase Converts text to lower case letters. | 5.1 |
| Text.MergeFields Merge field and variable names into text. | 8.5 |
| Text.MimeTypeToFileExtension Returns file extension for given mime type. | 5.4 |
| Text.ReadEMLXFile Reads email text from emlx file. | 5.3 |
| Text.ReadTextFile Reads a text file. | 2.4 |
| Text.ReadTextFromContainer Reads content of container value as text. | 4.4 |
| Text.RedefineEncoding Takes a text in a given encoding and reencodes it with other encoding. | 5.2 |
| Text.RemoveAccents Returns text without accents. | 2.1 |
| Text.RemoveAccentsCaseInsensitive Returns text without accents. | 2.1 |
| Text.RemoveControlCharacters Removes control characters. | 5.1 |
| Text.RemoveNewLine Removes newline characters from string. | 2.4 |
| Text.RemovePostfix Removes the postfix from text. | 6.1 |
| Text.RemovePrefix Removes the prefix from text. | 6.1 |
| Text.ReplaceAll Find & Replace all occurrences of a text. | 7.3 |
| Text.ReplaceNewline Replaces newline characters. | 2.4 |
| Text.Serialize Serializes styled text as text. | 5.4 |
| Text.SoundEx Returns soundex string for the given text. | 2.1 |
| Text.SoundExGerman Returns soundex string for the given text. | 3.5 |
| Text.Styles Queries style information as JSON. | 9.3 |
| Text.TextToHTML Creates HTML text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text. | 4.3 |
| Text.TextToRTF Creates RTF text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text. | 2.4 |
| Text.Trim Trims whitespace on the left and right side. | 8.2 |
| Text.UpperCase Converts text to upper case letters. | 5.1 |
| Text.WriteTextFile Writes a text file with the given text. | 2.4 |
| Text.WriteToContainer Write a text as a FILE in a container. | 4.4 |
| TextView.CanUndo Whether undo is possible currently. | 9.2 |
| TextView.Copy Performs copy operation. | 9.2 |
| TextView.CreateWithControl Creates a new text view on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 9.2 |
| TextView.CreateWithSize Creates a new text view inside the window with the given rectangle. | 9.2 |
| TextView.Cut Performs cut operation. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetAutoCorrectionEnabled Queries auto correction setting. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetHTMLText Queries HTML text. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetHeight Queries current height of text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetLeft Queries current position of the text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetPlainText Queries plain text. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetRTF Queries RTF text. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetReadOnly Queries read only flag. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetSpellCheckingEnabled Queries spell checking setting. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetStyled Queries styled flag. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetTag Queries the tag string for this text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetTop Queries current position of the text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetWidth Queries current width of the text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetWindowRef Queries the window where this text view is located. | 9.2 |
| TextView.List Queries list of all currently active text views. | 9.2 |
| TextView.Paste Performs paste operation. | 9.2 |
| TextView.Release Releases the text view and reclaims memory. | 9.2 |
| TextView.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all text views. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetAutoCorrectionEnabled Sets auto correction setting. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetFocus Sets focus to the text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions text view to given control. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetHTMLText Sets text with HTML. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetPlainText Sets the plain text. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetRTF Sets text with RTF. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetReadOnly Sets read only flag. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetSpellCheckingEnabled Sets the spell checking setting. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetStyled Sets styled flag. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetTag Sets the tag string for this text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetVisible Hides or shows the text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.Undo Performs undo operation. | 9.2 |
| Time.Format Formats a date with C time formatting functions. | 6.4 |
| Time.Parse Parses a date. | 6.4 |
| Time.Sleep Delays execution for the given number of milliseconds. | 4.1 |
| Time.TimeStampToUTC Converts timestamp to UTC. | 6.1 |
| Time.TimeZoneOffset Queries time zone offset. | 9.1 |
| Time.UnixTimeStamp Returns the unix time stamp. | 3.1 |
| Time.UnixTimeStampToFileMaker Converts time from unix to FileMaker. | 8.3 |
| Trace Starts logging all plugin calls to a text file. | 2.4 |
| Trace.GetErrorsOnly Queries whether to trace only errors. | 9.3 |
| Trace.GetWithTimes Queries whether to trace with times. | 9.3 |
| Trace.Off Disables tracing. | 3.3 |
| Trace.SetErrorsOnly Sets whether to only log trace. | 9.3 |
| Trace.SetWithTimes Sets whether to include times in traces. | 9.3 |
| Trace.WriteLine Adds line to trace logging. | 9.1 |
| UNNotification.Action Queries identifier of action. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.AddUserInfo Adds user info. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.AuthorizationError Queries error for notification authorization. | 7.3 |
| UNNotification.AuthorizationGranted Queries whether notifications are allowed. | 7.3 |
| UNNotification.Badge Queries badge number. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Body Queries the body of the notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.CategoryIdentifier Queries the category identifier. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Date Queries the date displayed on the notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Deliver Delivers notification now. | 9.3 |
| UNNotification.DeliveredNotifications Queries list of delivered notifications. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.GetDescription Queries description of notification. | 9.3 |
| UNNotification.Identifier Queries identifier. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.IsRegisteredForRemoteNotifications Checks whether we can get remote notifications. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.LaunchImageName Queries launch image name. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.New Creates a new notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.NextTriggerDate Quereis next trigger date. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.NotificationSettings Checks notification settings. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.PendingNotificationRequests Queries list of pending notifications. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Region Queries region of location based trigger. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Release Release reference to notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.ReleaseAll Releases all notifications. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.RemoteNotificationsDeviceToken Queries device token. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.RemoteNotificationsError Queries the error from remote notification registration. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.RemoveAllDeliveredNotifications Removes all delivered notifications from system. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.RemoveAllPendingNotificationRequests Removed all pending notification requests. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.RemoveDeliveredNotificationsWithIdentifiers Removes delivered notifications from system. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.RemovePendingNotificationRequestsWithIdentifiers Removed pending notification requests. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Repeats Queries repeat status. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Schedule Schedule notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetActionScript Sets which script to call when a notification’s action is triggered. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetBadge Sets the badge number. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetBody Sets the body of the notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetCalendarDateTrigger Sets a calendar based trigger. | 9.3 |
| UNNotification.SetCalendarTrigger Sets a calendar based trigger. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetCategoryIdentifier Sets the category identifier. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetLaunchImageName Sets the launch image name. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetLocationTrigger Sets a location trigger. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetNFCScript Sets NFC trigger script. | 9.4 |
| UNNotification.SetScript Sets which script to call when a notification is presented. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetSound Sets the sound to play. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetSubTitle Sets the subtitle of the notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetThreadIdentifier Sets thread identifier. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetTimeIntervalTrigger Sets a time base trigger. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetTitle Sets title of notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SubTitle Queries subtitle of notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.ThreadIdentifier Queries thread identifier. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.TimeInterval Queries time interval for time based trigger. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Title Queries title of notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Type Queries type of notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.UserInfoKeys Queries keys for user info. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.UserInfoValue Queries value for given key in user info. | 7.2 |
| UUID.Formatted Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a formatted string. | 2.3 |
| UUID.FromNumber Converts from formatted UUID to UUID number. | 8.2 |
| UUID.Hex Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a hex string. | 2.3 |
| UUID.Number Creates new UUID number. | 8.2 |
| UUID.Raw Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a 16 byte string. The string is not for displaying to users, but for small footprint on storage. | 2.3 |
| UUID.ToNumber Converts from UUID number to formatted UUID. | 8.2 |
| UnZipFile.Close Closes the current zip file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.GlobalComment Reads the global comment of the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCRC Queries the checksum for a file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemComment Queries the file comment of the given item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCompressedSize Queries compressed item size. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCompressionMethod Queries the compression method used for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCount Queries number of items in the archive. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemDate Queries file date of item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemDiskNumberStart Queries the disk number start. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemExternalFileAttributes Queries the external file attributes for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemFlag Queries the flags for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemInternalFileAttributes Queries the internal file attributes for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemName Queries the file name of the given item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileComment Queries the size of the comment in bytes. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileExtra Queries the size of extra file data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileName Queries the size of the file name. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemUncompressedSize Queries uncompressed item size. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemVersion Queries the version number of the zip format used to create this entry. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemVersionNeeded Returns the version needed to uncompress this entry. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsFileContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsGIFContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with GIF data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsHex Reads the file with given index as data and return hex text. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsJPEGContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with JPEG data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsPNGContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with PNG data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsText Reads the file with given index as text. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadToFile Reads file from archive and writes it to a new file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.UsePassword Sets the password to use for uncompressing. | 5.1 |
| Version Useful for doing auto-updates from server and version checking. | 1.0 |
| VersionAutoUpdate Returns the version in the auto update format. e.g. 02040028 | 2.4 |
| Vision.ClassifyImage Classifies content of image. | 9.4 |
| Vision.DetectBarcode Detects barcodes in images. | 9.4 |
| Vision.KnownClassifications Queries classifications. | 9.4 |
| Vision.RecognizeText Recognizes text. | 9.4 |
| Vision.SupportedRecognitionLanguages Queries supported languages. | 9.4 |
| Vision.SupportedSymbologies Queries list of supported barcode types. | 9.4 |
| WebView.AddScriptMessageHandler Adds a script message handler. | 8.0 |
| WebView.AddUserScript Adds a user script. | 9.5 |
| WebView.AllCookies Returns all website cookies as JSON. | 8.4 |
| WebView.CanResetPageZoom Whether web page can be reset. | 4.1 |
| WebView.CanZoomPageIn Whether web page can be zoomed in. | 4.1 |
| WebView.CanZoomPageOut Whether web page can be zoomed out. | 4.1 |
| WebView.ClickInput Clicks the specified Input Element. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Close Closes a custom web view. | 7.4 |
| WebView.Copy Copies current text selection to clipboard. | 7.4 |
| WebView.CopyFormattedText Copies formatted text from webview to clipboard. | 3.1 |
| WebView.Create Creates a new web view inside the window with the given rectangle. | 7.4 |
| WebView.CreateWithControl Creates a new web view inside the window with the given placeholder control. | 10.3 |
| WebView.Cut Cuts current text selection. | 7.4 |
| WebView.EstimatedProgress Returns the estimated progress of the web viewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Evaluate Evaluates a JavaScript expression. | 10.0 |
| WebView.FindByName Returns a unique ID that references a the web viewer. | 1.3 |
| WebView.FindWindowByIndex Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.3 |
| WebView.FindWindowByTitle Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.3 |
| WebView.FormReset Resets the Specified Form. | 1.4 |
| WebView.FormSubmit Submits the specified Form | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetAllowsLinkPreview Whether to allow link previews. | 9.3 |
| WebView.GetCustomUserAgent Queries the current custom user agent string. | 2.9 |
| WebView.GetEditable Queries the editable state. | 3.0 |
| WebView.GetForm Returns the name of the form with the given index. | 1.6 |
| WebView.GetFormButtonValue Gets the value of the specified Button. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormCount Returns the number of forms on the website which is currently visible in the webviewer. | 1.6 |
| WebView.GetFormInputChecked Returns the value of the specified check box or radiobutton. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormInputValue Returns the value of the specified Input Form. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormSelectOptions Queries the possible values of a select element. | 3.1 |
| WebView.GetFormSelectValue Gets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormTextAreaValue Returns the value of the specified text area. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormValue Returns the value from the Specified Field. | 1.3 |
| WebView.GetFormattedText Queries the current text of the document. | 5.0 |
| WebView.GetHTMLText Queries the current HTML of the document. | 2.8 |
| WebView.GetImage Returns a property of the image with the given index. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GetImageCount Returns the number of images on the current webpage. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GetLink Returns a property of the link with the given index. | 1.8 |
| WebView.GetLinkCount Returns the number of links on the current webpage. | 1.8 |
| WebView.GetPageSizeMultiplier Queries the page size multiplier. | 4.1 |
| WebView.GetPlainText Queries the current text of the document. | 3.1 |
| WebView.GetPreferences Queries WebView preferences parameters. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GetPrivateBrowsing Queries whether private browsing is enabled. | 9.5 |
| WebView.GetSource Queries the html source from the web viewer. | 1.5 |
| WebView.GetSourceData Queries the source data from the web viewer. | 2.1 |
| WebView.GetTitle Returns the current title of the web page that is being displayed by the specified WebViewer | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetURL Queries the current document URL in the webviewer. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GoBack Moves backward a page in the history. | 2.4 |
| WebView.GoForward Moves forward a page in the history. | 2.4 |
| WebView.HasOnlySecureContent Queries whether website is secure. | 9.3 |
| WebView.InstallUserMediaAccess Enables user media access. | 10.2 |
| WebView.IsLoading This function returns True if the Specified web viewer is still loading. | 1.4 |
| WebView.LoadHTML Loads HTML string to webviewer. | 3.0 |
| WebView.LoadJavascriptURL Loads the given javscript URL into the webviewer. | 2.1 |
| WebView.LoadURL Loads the given URL into the webviewer. | 2.1 |
| WebView.MakeTextLarger Increases the text size. | 4.1 |
| WebView.MakeTextSmaller Decreases the text size. | 4.1 |
| WebView.MakeTextStandardSize Sets text to standard size. | 4.1 |
| WebView.Paste Pastes text from clipboard. | 7.4 |
| WebView.PostURL Navigates to a resource identified by a URL or to a file identified by a full path. | 10.1 |
| WebView.Print Prints the current webview content. | 1.8 |
| WebView.Release Releases a web viewer iD. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Reload Reloads the WebViewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.RemoveAllUserScripts Removes all associated user scripts. | 9.5 |
| WebView.RemoveScriptMessageHandler Removes a script message handler. | 8.0 |
| WebView.RenderImage Renders the webview to a picture. | 2.1 |
| WebView.ResetPageZoom Resets the web page zoom. | 4.1 |
| WebView.RunJavaScript Executes the Javascript on the specified webViewer control. | 1.3 |
| WebView.RunJavaScriptReturnTitle Run the specified JavaScript and then returns the value of the title property to FileMaker. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Screenshot Takes a screenshot of the area used by the webviewer. | 3.0 |
| WebView.SelectAll Selects all text in web viewer. | 7.4 |
| WebView.SelectedText Queries text of current selection. | 5.0 |
| WebView.SetAllowsLinkPreview Set whether to allow link previews. | 9.3 |
| WebView.SetEditable Sets whether the web viewer allows the user to edit its HTML document. | 3.0 |
| WebView.SetFocus Sets focus to web viewer. | 9.4 |
| WebView.SetFormButtonValue Sets the value of a Button on the specified form | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormInputChecked Sets the value of the specified Check Box or Radiobutton. | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormInputValue Sets the value of the specified input element | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormSelectValue Sets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu. | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormTextAreaValue Sets the value of a Text Area Element. | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormValue Set the value of the specified Field in a webviewer. | 1.3 |
| WebView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions web view to given control. | 10.3 |
| WebView.SetPageSizeMultiplier Sets the page size multiplier. | 4.1 |
| WebView.SetPreferences Sets WebView preferences parameters. | 2.2 |
| WebView.SetPrivateBrowsing Enables private browsing. | 9.5 |
| WebView.SetTitle Sets the title of the web page that is currently being displayed in the web Viewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.StopLoading Stops loading all resources on the current page. | 9.3 |
| WebView.UserScripts Queries list of user scripts. | 9.5 |
| WebView.Version Queries WebKit version for web viewer. | 10.3 |
| WebView.ZoomPageIn Zooms web page in. | 4.1 |
| WebView.ZoomPageOut Zooms web page out. | 4.1 |
| Window.Screenshot Creates screenshot from a window. | 5.4 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalMaximum Queries maximum value for horizontal scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalPosition Queries current value for horizontal scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalMaximum Queries maximum value for vertical scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalPosition Queries current value for vertical scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.set Scrolls to the given coordinates. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.Append Appends one word file text to other. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.AppendTableRow Duplicates a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.1 |
| WordFile.DuplicateTableRow Duplicates a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.1 |
| WordFile.FieldNames Queries field names in the file. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.GetCaseless Queries caseless state. | 7.4 |
| WordFile.GetFieldText Queries field value. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.GetMediaFile Queries media file in word file. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.GetXML Queries xml content of the word file. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.HasTag Checks if a tag exists. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.MediaFiles Queries list of media files in the word file. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.OpenContainer Opens a word file from container. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.OpenFile Opens a word file from file. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.OpenText Opens a word xml file from text. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.Parts Queries names of the parts of the document. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.Release Frees the memory used for the word file. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.RemoveTableRow Removes a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.0 |
| WordFile.ReplaceTag Replaces a placeholder with text. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.SetCaseless Sets caseless state. | 7.4 |
| WordFile.SetFieldText Sets field value. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.SetMarkers Sets the markers to look for before/after a tag. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.SetMediaFile Sets a media file image. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.SetXML Sets the xml for this word file. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.Texts Extracts text of word file. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.WriteFile Writes a file to disk. | 5.4 |
| X509.Description Provides a description of the certificate. | 7.0 |
| X509.Duplicate Creates a copy of the certificate. | 7.0 |
| X509.IssuerName The issuer name. | 7.0 |
| X509.Name The name of the certificate. | 7.0 |
| X509.Read Reads a PEM certificate from text. | 7.0 |
| X509.ReadFromContainer Reads a certificate from a container value. | 7.0 |
| X509.ReadFromFile Reads a certificate from a PEM file. | 7.0 |
| X509.Release Releases the certificate from memory. | 7.0 |
| X509.SerialNumber Queries the serial number. | 7.0 |
| X509.SubjectName The subject name. | 7.0 |
| X509.Version Queries the version of the file. | 7.0 |
| X509.Write Writes certificate. | 9.1 |
| XL.Book.AddCustomNumFormat Adds a new custom number format to the workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddFont Adds a new font to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddFormat Adds a new format to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddPictureContainer Adds a picture to the workbook from container. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddPictureFile Adds a picture to the workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddSheet Adds a new sheet to this book, returns the sheet index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.BiffVersion Returns BIFF version of binary file. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.CustomNumFormat Returns a custom format string for specified custom format identifier fmt. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.DeleteSheet Deletes a sheet with specified index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.DeleteSheetsExcept Deletes all sheets except the one with given name. | 5.4 |
| XL.Book.FontCount Returns a number of fonts in this book. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.FormatCount Returns a number of formats in this book. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetActiveSheet Returns an active sheet index in this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetCalcMode Queries current calculation mode. | 10.2 |
| XL.Book.GetDefaultFontName Returns a default font name for this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetDefaultFontSize Returns a default font size for this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetPicture Returns a picture at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetPictureType Returns a picture type at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetRGBMode Returns whether the RGB mode is active. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetRefR1C1 Returns whether the R1C1 reference mode is active. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetText Queries the text of a workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.InsertSheet Inserts a new sheet to this book at position index, returns the new sheet index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.IsDate1904 Returns whether the 1904 date system is active. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.IsTemplate Returns whether the workbook is template. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.MoveSheet Moves a sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.PictureCount Returns a number of pictures in this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.Release Frees a workbook from memory. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.ReleaseAll Releases all books from memory. | 10.0 |
| XL.Book.Save Writes excel file to container for storing in database. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SaveToFile Saves current workbook into xls-file. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetActiveSheet Sets an active sheet index in this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetCalcMode Not yet documented | 10.2 |
| XL.Book.SetDate1904 Sets the date system mode. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.SetDefaultFont Sets a default font name and size for this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetRGBMode Sets a RGB mode. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetRefR1C1 Sets the R1C1 reference mode. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetTemplate Sets the template flag. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.SheetCount Queries how many sheets are part of the workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SheetIndexForName Queries sheet index for sheet name. | 5.4 |
| XL.Book.Sheets Queries list of sheet names. | 5.4 |
| XL.Book.Version Queries version of XL library. | 7.2 |
| XL.Color.Pack Packs red, green and blue components in color type. | 3.5 |
| XL.Color.UnPack Unpacks color type to red, green and blue components. | 3.5 |
| XL.CopyContent Copies all content from one book to other book. | 5.1 |
| XL.CopyRow Copies a row from one row to another row. | 6.5 |
| XL.CopySheet Copies a sheet to another book. | 6.5 |
| XL.Date.DoubleToTimeStamp Converts a timestamp number to a timestamp value. | 5.0 |
| XL.Date.Pack Packs date and time information into double type. | 3.5 |
| XL.Date.TimeStampToDouble Converts a date to a numeric value for writing in a number cell. | 5.0 |
| XL.Date.UnPack Unpacks date and time information from double type. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetBold Returns whether the font is bold. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetColor Returns the color of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetItalic Returns whether the font is italic. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetName Returns the name of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetScript Returns the script style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetSize Returns the size of the font in points. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetStrikeOut Returns whether the font is strikeout. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetUnderline Returns the underline style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetBold Turns on/off the bold font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetColor Sets the color of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetItalic Turns on/off the italic font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetName Sets the name of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetScript Sets the script style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetSize Sets the size of the font in points. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetStrikeOut Turns on/off the strikeout font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetUnderline Sets the underline style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetAlignH Returns the horizontal alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetAlignV Returns the vertical alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderBottom Returns the bottom border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderBottomColor Returns the color of the bottom border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonal Returns the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalColor Returns the color of the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalStyle Gets the style for diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderLeft Returns the left border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderLeftColor Returns the color of the left border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderRight Returns the right border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderRightColor Returns the color of the right border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderTop Returns the top border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderTopColor Returns the color of the top border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetFillPattern Returns the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetFont Returns the font for this format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetHidden Returns whether the hidden property is set to true. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetIndent Returns the text indentation level. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetLocked Returns whether the locked property is set to true. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetNumFormat Returns the number format identifier. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetPatternBackgroundColor Returns the background color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetPatternForegroundColor Returns the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetRotation Returns the text rotation. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetShrinkToFit Returns whether the cell is shrink-to-fit. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetWrap Returns whether the cell text is wrapped. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetAlignH Sets the horizontal alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetAlignV Sets the vertical alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorder Sets the border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderBottom Sets the bottom border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderBottomColor Sets the color of the bottom border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderColor Sets the border color. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonal Sets the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalColor Sets the color of the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalStyle Sets the style for diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderLeft Sets the left border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderLeftColor Sets the color of the left border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderRight Sets the right border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderRightColor Sets the color of the right border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderTop Sets the top border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderTopColor Sets the color of the top border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetFillPattern Sets the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetFont Sets the font for the format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetHidden Sets the hidden property. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetIndent Sets the text indentation level. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetLocked Sets the locked property. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetNumFormat Sets the number format identifier. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetPatternBackgroundColor Sets the background color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetPatternForegroundColor Sets the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetRotation Sets the text rotation. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetShrinkToFit Sets the flag whether the cell is shrink-to-fit. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetWrap Sets the flag whether the cell text is wrapped. | 3.5 |
| XL.Initialize Initializes the XL library by loading it. | 2.9 |
| XL.IsInitialized Checks if libXL library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| XL.LoadBook Loads a Excel file. | 2.9 |
| XL.LoadBookPartially Loads a Excel file partially. | 8.0 |
| XL.NewBook Creates a new workbook in memory. | 2.9 |
| XL.Sheet.AddHyperlink Adds the new hyperlink. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AddIgnoredError Adds the ignored error for specified range. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AddrToRowCol Converts a cell reference to row and column. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ApplyFilter Applies the AutoFilter to the sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter Initializes the AutoFilter. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.AddFilter Adds the filter value. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.Clear Clear the filter criteria. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.ColumnSize Returns the number of specified AutoFilter columns which have a filter information. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.Filter Returns the filter value by index. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.FilterSize Returns the number of filter values. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.FilterType Returns the filter type of this AutoFilter column. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetCustomFilter Gets the custom filter criteria. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetRef Gets the cell range of AutoFilter with header. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSort Gets the zero-based index of sorted column in AutoFilter and its sort order. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSortRange Gets the whole range of data to sort. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetTop10 Gets the number of top or bottom items. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetCustomFilter Sets the custom filter criteria. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetRef Sets the cell range of AutoFilter with header. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetSort Sets the sorted column in AutoFilter by zero-based index and its sort order. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetTop10 Sets the number of top or bottom items. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsDate Checks that cell contains a date or time value. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsFormula Checks that cell contains a formula. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsStyledText Queries whether cell has styled text. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBlank Checks if cell is blank. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBoolean Reads a boolean value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBooleans Reads all the boolean values in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadComment Reads a comment value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadComments Reads all the comments from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadDate Reads a number value from a cell. | 5.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadDates Reads all the dates from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadFormula Reads the formula value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadFormulas Reads all the formulas from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadNumber Reads a number value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadNumbers Reads all the numbers from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadStyledText Reads a styled text value from a cell. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadText Reads a text value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadTexts Reads all the texts from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellType Queries type of cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlank Writes a blank cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlanks Writes blanks to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBoolean Writes a boolean value into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBooleans Writes booleans to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteComment Writes a comment to a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteComments Writes comments to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteDate Writes a number into cell. | 5.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteDates Writes dates to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteError Writes error into the cell with specified format. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormula Writes a formula into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaBoolean Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaNumber Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaText Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulas Writes formulas to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumber Writes a number into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumbers Writes numbers to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteStyledText Writes a styled text into a cell. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteText Writes a string into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteTextAsNumber Writes a number into cell, but passes it as text. | 10.3 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteTexts Writes texts to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.Clear Clears cells in specified area. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ClearPrintArea Clears the print area. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ClearPrintRepeats Clears repeated rows and columns on each page. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CopyCell Copies cell with format from (rowSrc, colSrc) to (rowDst, colDst). | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.DelHyperlink Removes hyperlink by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.DelMergeByIndex Removes merged cells by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.DeleteMerge Removes merged cells. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.DeleteNamedRange Deletes the named range by name. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellError Reads error from cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellErrors Reads all the errors from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellFormat Returns cell's format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellFormats Reads all the formats from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.GetColHidden Returns whether column is hidden. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetColWidth Returns column width in points. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetColWidthPixel Returns column width in pixel. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.GetDisplayGridlines Returns whether the gridlines are displayed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstCol Returns the first column in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstFilledCol Returns the first column in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | 10.3 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstFilledRow Returns the first row in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | 10.3 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstRow Returns the first row in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFooter Returns the footer text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFooterMargin Returns the footer margin in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryBelow Returns whether grouping rows summary is below. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryRight Returns whether grouping columns summary is right. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHCenter Returns whether the sheet is centered horizontally when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHeader Returns the header text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHeaderMargin Returns the header margin in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHidden Returns whether sheet is hidden. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreak Returns row with horizontal page break at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreakCount Returns a number of horizontal page breaks in the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLandscape Returns a page orientation mode. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastCol Returns the zero-based index of the column after the last column in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastFilledCol Returns the zero-based index of the column after the last column in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | 10.3 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastFilledRow Returns the zero-based index of the row after the last row in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | 10.3 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastRow Returns the zero-based index of the row after the last row in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginBottom Returns the bottom margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginLeft Returns the left margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginRight Returns the right margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginTop Returns the top margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMerge Gets merged cells for cell at row, col. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetName Returns the name of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetNamedRange Gets the named range coordianates by name. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPaper Returns the paper size. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPicture Returns a workbook picture index at position index in worksheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintArea Gets the print area. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintFit Returns whether fit to page option is enabled. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintGridlines Returns whether the gridlines are printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatCols Gets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatRows Gets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRow Returns whether the row and column headers are printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintZoom Returns the scaling factor for printing as a percentage. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetProtect Returns whether sheet is protected. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHeight Returns row height in points. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHeightPixel Returns row height in pixels. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHidden Returns whether row is hidden. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetText Queries the text of a sheet in a workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetTopLeftView Extracts the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetVCenter Returns whether the sheet is centered vertically when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreak Returns column with vertical page break at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreakCount Returns a number of vertical page breaks in the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetZoom Returns the zoom level of the current view as a percentage. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GroupCols Groups columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GroupRows Groups rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.Hyperlink Gets the hyperlink and its coordianates by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.HyperlinkSize Returns the number of hyperlinks in the sheet. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.InsertCol Inserts columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.InsertRow Inserts rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.Merge Gets the merged cells by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.MergeSize Returns a number of merged cells in this worksheet. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.NamedRange Gets the named range coordinates by index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.NamedRangeCount Returns the number of named ranges in the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.PictureCount Returns a number of pictures in this worksheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveCol Removes columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveComment Removes a comment from a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveComments Removes comments in given area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveFilter Removes the AutoFilter from the sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.RemovePicture Removes a picture from a cell. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.RemovePictureByIndex Removes a picture by index. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveRow Removes rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RightToLeft Returns whether the text is displayed in right-to-left mode. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.RowColToAddr Converts row and column to a cell reference. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetAutoFitArea Sets the borders for autofit column widths feature. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.SetCellFormat Sets cell's format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetCellFormats Set cell formats in given area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.SetCol Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetColHidden Hides or shows a column. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetColumn Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetDisplayGridlines Sets gridlines for displaying. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetFooter Sets the footer text for the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryBelow Sets a flag of grouping rows summary. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryRight Sets a flag of grouping rows summary. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHCenter Sets a flag that the sheet is centered horizontally when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHeader Sets the header text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHorPageBreak Sets/removes a horizontal page break. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetLandscape Sets landscape or portrait mode for printing. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginBottom Sets the bottom margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginLeft Sets the left margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginRight Sets the right margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginTop Sets the top margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMerge Sets merged cells for range: rowFirst - rowLast, colFirst - colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetName Sets the name of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetNamedRange Sets the named range. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPaper Sets the paper size. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithScale Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with scale factor and offsets in pixels. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithSize Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with custom size and offsets in pixels. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintArea Sets the print area. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintFit Fits sheet width and sheet height to wPages and hPages respectively. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintGridliens Sets gridlines for printing. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatCols Sets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatRows Sets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRow Sets a flag that the row and column headers are printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintZoom Sets the scaling factor for printing as a percentage. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetProtect Protects/unprotects the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetProtectEx Protects/unprotects the sheet with password and enhanced parameters below. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRightToLeft Sets the right-to-left mode: Pass 1 and the text is displayed in right-to-left mode, Pass 0 and the text is displayed in left-to-right mode. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRow Sets row height and format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRowHidden Hides or shows a row. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetTabColor Sets the color for the sheet's tab. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetTabColorRGB Sets the RGB color for the sheet's tab. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetTopLeftView Sets the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetVCenter ets a flag that the sheet is centered vertically when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetVerPageBreak Sets/removes a vertical page break. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetZoom Sets the zoom level of the current view. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.Split Splits a sheet at position (row, col). | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SplitInfo Gets the split information (position of frozen pane) in the sheet. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.Table Gets the table parameters by index. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.TableSize Returns the number of tables in the sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.Type Returns type of sheet with specified index. | 7.2 |
| XL.Uninitialize Uninitializes XL library. | 10.1 |
| XML.ApplyStylesheet Apply the stylesheet to the document (XSLT transform). | 8.4 |
| XML.Canonical Creates canonical xml. | 6.2 |
| XML.ClearVariables Clears the variables. | 7.0 |
| XML.Colorize Formats a XML string with color. | 8.2 |
| XML.Compact Compacts XML document. | 10.2 |
| XML.DeletePath Delete a xml node. | 7.4 |
| XML.ExtractText Extracts the text from the XML tree. | 7.0 |
| XML.Format Formats XML document. | 6.2 |
| XML.GetAttribute Queries text of an attribute. | 7.0 |
| XML.GetPathValue Queries value in XML. | 7.4 |
| XML.HasAttribute Queries whether an attribute exists. | 7.0 |
| XML.Import Imports XML and creates tables, fields and records. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Cancel Cancels current import. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.ErrorCount Queries error counter. | 9.3 |
| XML.Import.Errors Queries list of error messages. | 9.3 |
| XML.Import.SetBaseFields Sets the names of the base fields per record. | 7.1 |
| XML.Import.SetExtraField Sets the extra field to add to all tables. | 7.1 |
| XML.Import.Status Queries status of xml import. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Todo Queries how many items are to be done for XML import. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Total Queries total items to be imported. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Work Performs import. | 5.4 |
| XML.ListAttributes Lists attribute names. | 7.0 |
| XML.NodeCount Counts nodes with given name. | 7.0 |
| XML.NodeNames Queries list of node names in an XML. | 7.0 |
| XML.Parse Parses a XML document. | 7.3 |
| XML.Query Performs an XPath query. | 3.0 |
| XML.ReadContainer Reads container content as XML. | 7.4 |
| XML.ReadFile Reads a file as XML. | 7.4 |
| XML.Release Releases an XML object. | 7.3 |
| XML.ReleaseAll Releases all XML objects. | 7.3 |
| XML.SetPathValue Sets an xml node. | 7.4 |
| XML.SetPathXML Sets path value with XML sub tree. | 8.1 |
| XML.SetVariables Creates local variables in script for XML nodes. | 7.0 |
| XML.SubTree Extracts a given subtree. | 7.0 |
| XML.ToJSON Converts XML to JSON. | 8.2 |
| XML.Validate Validates XML against schema. | 8.1 |
| XML.ValidateFile Validates XML against schema. | 8.2 |
| ZipFile.CRCFile Calculates CRC of a file. | 4.3 |
| ZipFile.Close Closes the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.SetCompressionLevel Sets the compression level. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.UsePassword Sets the password to use for compressing. | 5.1 |
| ZipFile.WriteContainer Writes a file to the zip archive with content from a container. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.WriteFile Reads a file and writes it to the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.WriteHex Writes data into the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.WriteText Writes a text into the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| iOSApp.GetDidBecomeActiveEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when app becomes active. | 8.2 |
| iOSApp.GetDidEnterBackgroundEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when app goes to background. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.GetDidReceiveMemoryWarningEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when app gets a memory warning. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.GetIdleTimerDisabled Queries whether the idle timer is disabled for the app. | 10.1 |
| iOSApp.GetSignificantTimeChangeEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when time changes. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.GetWillEnterForegroundEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when app goes to background. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.GetWillResignActiveEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when the app is no longer active and loses focus. | 8.2 |
| iOSApp.SetDidBecomeActiveEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when app becomes active. | 8.2 |
| iOSApp.SetDidBecomeActiveScript Sets the script to be run when app becomes active. | 8.2 |
| iOSApp.SetDidEnterBackgroundEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when app goes to background. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetDidEnterBackgroundScript Queries the script to be run when app goes to background. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetDidReceiveMemoryWarningEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when app gets a memory warning. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetDidReceiveMemoryWarningScript Sets the script to be run when app gets a memory warning. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetIdleTimerDisabled Sets whether the idle timer is disabled for the app. | 10.1 |
| iOSApp.SetSignificantTimeChangeEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when time changes. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetSignificantTimeChangeScript Sets the script to be run when time changes. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetWillEnterForegroundEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when comes back to foreground. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetWillEnterForegroundScript Sets the script to be run when comes back to foreground. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetWillResignActiveEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when the app is no longer active and loses focus. | 8.2 |
| iOSApp.SetWillResignActiveScript Sets the script to be run when the app is no longer active and loses focus. | 8.2 |
| iOSDevice.BatteryLevel The battery charge level for the device. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.BatteryState The battery state for the device. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.IdentifierForVendor An alphanumeric string that uniquely identifies a device to the app’s vendor. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.IsBatteryMonitoringEnabled Checks whether battery monitoring is enabled. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.LocalizedModel The model of the device as a localized string. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.Model The model of the device. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.Name The name identifying the device. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.Orientation Returns the physical orientation of the device. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.OrientationIsLandscape Checks whether orientation is landscape. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.OrientationIsPortrait Checks whether orientation is portrait. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.SetBatteryMonitoringEnabled Changes battery monitoring state. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.SystemName The name of the operating system running on the device represented by the receiver. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.SystemVersion The current version of the operating system. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.UserInterfaceIdiom The style of interface to use on the current device. | 7.2 |
| iOSKeyboard.GetDidHideEvaluate Queries expression to run when keyboard did hide. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.GetDidShowEvaluate Queries expression to run when keyboard did show. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.GetWillHideEvaluate Queries expression to run when keyboard will hide. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.GetWillShowEvaluate Queries expression to run when keyboard will show. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.SetDidHideEvaluate Sets expression to run when keyboard did hide. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.SetDidShowEvaluate Sets expression to run when keyboard did show. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.SetWillHideEvaluate Sets expression to run when keyboard will hide. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.SetWillShowEvaluate Sets expression to run when keyboard will show. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.State Queries keyboard state. | 7.4 |
4119 functions.
Feedback: Report problem or ask question.
Links
MBS FileMaker Plugins
